(font-lock-defontify): Use restore-buffer-modified-p.
[emacs.git] / src / w32term.c
blob2392990533406f1b8df79daa8317dbfc6aa8c654
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 #include <config.h>
23 #include <signal.h>
24 #include <stdio.h>
25 #include <stdlib.h>
26 #include "lisp.h"
27 #include "charset.h"
28 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "w32heap.h"
31 #include "w32term.h"
32 #include "w32bdf.h"
33 #include <shellapi.h>
35 #include "systty.h"
36 #include "systime.h"
37 #include "atimer.h"
38 #include "keymap.h"
40 #include <ctype.h>
41 #include <errno.h>
42 #include <setjmp.h>
43 #include <sys/stat.h>
45 #include "keyboard.h"
46 #include "frame.h"
47 #include "dispextern.h"
48 #include "fontset.h"
49 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "termopts.h"
51 #include "termchar.h"
52 #include "gnu.h"
53 #include "disptab.h"
54 #include "buffer.h"
55 #include "window.h"
56 #include "intervals.h"
57 #include "composite.h"
58 #include "coding.h"
60 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
62 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
65 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
67 enum fringe_bitmap_type
69 NO_FRINGE_BITMAP,
70 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
71 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
72 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
73 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
74 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
75 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
78 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
79 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
80 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
81 reflected here. */
83 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
84 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
86 #define zv_width 8
87 #define zv_height 72
88 #define zv_period 3
89 static unsigned short zv_bits[] = {
90 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
91 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
92 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
93 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
94 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
95 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
96 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
97 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
98 static HBITMAP zv_bmp;
100 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
102 #define left_width 8
103 #define left_height 8
104 static unsigned short left_bits[] = {
105 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
106 static HBITMAP left_bmp;
108 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
110 #define right_width 8
111 #define right_height 8
112 static unsigned short right_bits[] = {
113 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
114 static HBITMAP right_bmp;
116 /* Marker for continued lines. */
118 #define continued_width 8
119 #define continued_height 8
120 static unsigned short continued_bits[] = {
121 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
122 static HBITMAP continued_bmp;
124 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
126 #define continuation_width 8
127 #define continuation_height 8
128 static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = {
129 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
130 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp;
132 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
134 #if 0
135 /* A bomb. */
136 #define ov_width 8
137 #define ov_height 8
138 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
139 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
140 #else
141 /* A triangular arrow. */
142 #define ov_width 8
143 #define ov_height 8
144 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
145 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
146 #endif
147 static HBITMAP ov_bmp;
149 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
152 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
154 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;
156 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
157 (The display is done in read_char.) */
159 static Lisp_Object help_echo;
160 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window;
161 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object;
162 static int help_echo_pos;
164 /* Temporary variables for w32_read_socket. */
166 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
167 static int last_mousemove_x = 0;
168 static int last_mousemove_y = 0;
170 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 start. */
173 static int any_help_event_p;
175 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
177 int mouse_autoselect_window;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window;
182 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
183 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
184 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
186 int x_stretch_cursor_p;
188 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
190 int x_use_underline_position_properties;
192 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel;
194 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
196 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname);
197 extern Cursor w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name);
199 extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp,
200 unsigned char *text, int dim);
201 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
203 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
204 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
207 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
208 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info;
209 struct w32_display_info *x_display_list;
211 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
212 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
213 NAME is the name of the frame.
214 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
215 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list;
217 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
218 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
219 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
220 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
221 is the frame to apply to. */
222 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
224 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
225 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
227 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
228 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
229 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
231 struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
233 /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */
234 HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd;
235 int w32_system_caret_height;
236 int w32_system_caret_x;
237 int w32_system_caret_y;
238 int w32_use_visible_system_caret;
240 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
241 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
242 for Far East languages. */
243 int w32_enable_unicode_output;
245 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0;
246 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL;
247 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
248 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
250 #ifndef SIF_ALL
251 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
252 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
253 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
254 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
255 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
256 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
257 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
259 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
261 UINT cbSize;
262 UINT fMask;
263 int nMin;
264 int nMax;
265 UINT nPage;
266 int nPos;
267 int nTrackPos;
268 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO;
269 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO;
270 #endif /* SIF_ALL */
272 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
273 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
274 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
276 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle;
277 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border;
278 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border;
280 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
282 /* Mouse movement. */
284 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
286 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
287 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
288 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
290 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons;
292 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons;
294 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
295 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise;
297 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
298 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock;
300 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
301 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr;
303 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
305 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
306 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
307 an ordinary motion.
309 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
310 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
311 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
312 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
314 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
315 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
316 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
317 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
318 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
319 it's somewhat accurate. */
321 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
323 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
324 events. */
326 #ifdef __STDC__
327 static int volatile input_signal_count;
328 #else
329 static int input_signal_count;
330 #endif
332 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
334 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
336 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL
337 extern int errno;
338 #endif
340 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
342 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers;
344 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
345 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
347 enum draw_glyphs_face
349 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
350 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
351 DRAW_CURSOR,
352 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
353 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
354 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
357 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
358 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
359 void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
360 static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
361 int *, int *, Lisp_Object));
362 static int fast_find_string_pos P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object,
363 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
364 static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
365 static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
366 int *, int *, int *, int));
367 static void note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int,
368 int, int));
369 static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
370 static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
371 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *,
372 struct input_event *));
373 static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
374 enum draw_glyphs_face));
375 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p P_ ((struct window *));
376 static int clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
377 void w32_define_cursor P_ ((Window, Cursor));
379 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
380 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
381 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
382 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
383 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
384 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
385 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
386 void w32_initialize P_ ((void));
387 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
388 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
389 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
390 struct glyph_row *,
391 enum draw_glyphs_face));
392 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
393 static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
394 static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
395 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
396 static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
397 static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
398 static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
399 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
400 static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
401 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
402 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
403 static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
404 struct frame *));
405 static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
406 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
407 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
408 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int,
409 enum text_cursor_kinds));
410 static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
411 static int expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
412 static void expose_overlaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
413 struct glyph_row *));
414 static int expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
415 static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
416 RECT *, enum glyph_row_area));
417 static int expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
418 RECT *));
419 void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int));
420 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
421 static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
422 static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
423 void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int));
424 void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
425 static void w32_draw_fringe_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc,
426 struct glyph_row *,
427 enum fringe_bitmap_type, int left_p));
428 static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
429 HDC, int));
430 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
431 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *,
432 struct glyph_row *));
433 static void notice_overwritten_cursor P_ ((struct window *,
434 enum glyph_row_area,
435 int, int, int, int));
437 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
440 /***********************************************************************
441 Debugging
442 ***********************************************************************/
444 #if 0
446 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
447 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
449 struct record
451 char *locus;
452 int type;
455 struct record event_record[100];
457 int event_record_index;
459 record_event (locus, type)
460 char *locus;
461 int type;
463 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
464 event_record_index = 0;
466 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
467 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
468 event_record_index++;
471 #endif /* 0 */
474 void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
475 XGCValues *xgcv)
477 if (mask & GCForeground)
478 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
479 if (mask & GCBackground)
480 gc->background = xgcv->background;
481 if (mask & GCFont)
482 gc->font = xgcv->font;
485 XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
486 XGCValues *xgcv)
488 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
489 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
491 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
493 return gc;
496 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
497 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
499 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
502 static void
503 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect)
505 if (rect)
507 HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect);
508 SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region);
509 DeleteObject (clip_region);
511 else
512 SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL);
516 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
517 void
518 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y,
519 int width, int height)
521 HBRUSH hb, oldhb;
522 HPEN hp, oldhp;
524 hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background);
525 hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground);
526 oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
527 oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp);
529 Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height);
531 SelectObject (hdc, oldhb);
532 SelectObject (hdc, oldhp);
533 DeleteObject (hb);
534 DeleteObject (hp);
537 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
538 void
539 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect)
540 FRAME_PTR f;
541 HDC hdc;
542 COLORREF pix;
543 RECT * lprect;
545 HBRUSH hb;
547 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
548 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
549 DeleteObject (hb);
552 void
553 w32_clear_window (f)
554 FRAME_PTR f;
556 RECT rect;
557 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
559 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
560 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
561 of 0 indicates this. */
562 if (hdc)
564 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
565 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
568 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
572 /***********************************************************************
573 Starting and ending an update
574 ***********************************************************************/
576 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
577 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
578 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
579 each window being updated. */
581 static void
582 x_update_begin (f)
583 struct frame *f;
585 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
587 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
588 return;
590 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
591 colors has changed. */
592 if (display_info->regen_palette)
594 w32_regenerate_palette (f);
595 display_info->regen_palette = FALSE;
600 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
601 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
602 position of W. */
604 static void
605 x_update_window_begin (w)
606 struct window *w;
608 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
609 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
611 /* Hide the system caret during an update. */
612 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret && w32_system_caret_hwnd)
614 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET, 0, 0);
617 updated_window = w;
618 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
620 BLOCK_INPUT;
622 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
624 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
625 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
627 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
628 highlighting. */
629 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
630 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
632 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
633 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
634 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
635 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
636 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
637 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
639 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
640 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
641 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
642 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
643 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
644 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
645 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
647 int i;
649 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
650 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
651 break;
653 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
654 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
656 #endif /* 0 */
659 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
663 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
664 have vertical scroll bars. */
666 static void
667 x_draw_vertical_border (w)
668 struct window *w;
670 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
672 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
673 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
674 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
675 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
676 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
677 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
679 RECT r;
680 HDC hdc;
682 window_box_edges (w, -1, (int *) &r.left, (int *) &r.top,
683 (int *) &r.right, (int *) &r.bottom);
684 r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
685 r.right = r.left + 1;
686 r.bottom -= 1;
688 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
689 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r);
690 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
695 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
697 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
698 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
700 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
701 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
702 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
704 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
705 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
706 here. */
708 static void
709 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
710 struct window *w;
711 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
713 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
714 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
716 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
718 BLOCK_INPUT;
720 if (cursor_on_p)
721 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
722 output_cursor.vpos,
723 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
725 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
726 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
729 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
730 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
731 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
733 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
734 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
735 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
738 /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it
739 was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in
740 x_update_window_begin. */
741 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret && w32_system_caret_hwnd)
743 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0);
746 updated_window = NULL;
750 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
751 update_end. */
753 static void
754 x_update_end (f)
755 struct frame *f;
757 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
758 return;
760 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
761 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
765 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
766 complete update has been performed. The global variable
767 updated_window is not available here. */
769 static void
770 w32_frame_up_to_date (f)
771 struct frame *f;
773 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
775 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
776 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
777 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
779 BLOCK_INPUT;
780 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
781 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
782 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
783 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
784 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
785 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
791 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
792 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
793 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
794 found in updated_window. This function is called from
795 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
796 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
798 static void
799 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
800 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
802 struct window *w = updated_window;
803 struct frame *f;
804 int width, height;
806 xassert (w);
808 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
810 BLOCK_INPUT;
811 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
812 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
815 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
816 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
817 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
818 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
819 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
820 overhead is very small. */
821 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
822 && desired_row->full_width_p
823 && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
824 width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
825 width != 0)
826 && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
827 height > 0))
829 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
830 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
831 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
832 && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
833 y -= width;
835 BLOCK_INPUT;
837 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
838 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
839 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->pixel_width - width,
840 y, width, height);
841 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
843 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
848 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
849 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
850 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
851 drawn. */
853 static void
854 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which, left_p)
855 struct window *w;
856 HDC hdc;
857 struct glyph_row *row;
858 enum fringe_bitmap_type which;
859 int left_p;
861 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
862 HDC compat_hdc;
863 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
864 int b1, b2;
865 HBITMAP pixmap;
866 HANDLE horig_obj;
867 struct face *face;
869 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
870 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1);
872 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
873 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
875 switch (which)
877 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP:
878 wd = 0;
879 h = 0;
880 break;
882 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
883 wd = left_width;
884 h = left_height;
885 pixmap = left_bmp;
886 break;
888 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
889 wd = ov_width;
890 h = ov_height;
891 pixmap = ov_bmp;
892 break;
894 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
895 wd = right_width;
896 h = right_height;
897 pixmap = right_bmp;
898 break;
900 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
901 wd = continued_width;
902 h = continued_height;
903 pixmap = continued_bmp;
904 break;
906 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
907 wd = continuation_width;
908 h = continuation_height;
909 pixmap = continuation_bmp;
910 break;
912 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
913 wd = zv_width;
914 h = zv_height - (y % zv_period);
915 pixmap = zv_bmp;
916 break;
918 default:
919 abort ();
922 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
923 if (h > row->height)
924 h = row->height;
926 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
927 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
929 /* Draw the bitmap. */
930 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, FRINGE_FACE_ID);
931 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
933 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
934 the fringe. */
935 b1 = -1;
936 if (left_p)
938 if (wd > FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
939 wd = FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
940 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
941 - wd
942 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
943 if (wd < FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
945 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
946 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
947 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
948 ? 1 : 0);
949 b1 = (window_box_left (w, -1)
950 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)
951 + border);
952 b2 = (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - border);
955 else
957 if (wd > FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
958 wd = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
959 x = (window_box_right (w, -1)
960 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
961 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
962 the fringe. */
963 if (wd < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
965 b1 = window_box_right (w, -1);
966 b2 = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
970 if (b1 >= 0)
972 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
974 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
976 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
977 row->y)),
979 row->visible_height);
982 if (which == NO_FRINGE_BITMAP)
983 return;
985 compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
986 SaveDC (hdc);
988 horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
989 SetTextColor (hdc, face->background);
990 SetBkColor (hdc, face->foreground);
992 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0,
993 (which == ZV_LINE_BITMAP ? (row->y % zv_period) : 0),
994 SRCCOPY);
996 SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj);
997 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
998 RestoreDC (hdc, -1);
1002 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
1003 function with input blocked. */
1005 static void
1006 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row)
1007 struct window *w;
1008 struct glyph_row *row;
1010 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1011 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap;
1012 HDC hdc;
1014 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
1016 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1017 don't have to draw anything. */
1018 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
1019 return;
1021 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1023 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1025 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1026 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
1027 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
1028 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
1029 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1030 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
1031 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
1032 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
1033 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1034 else
1035 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1037 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 1);
1040 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1042 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1043 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
1044 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1045 else if (row->continued_p)
1046 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
1047 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p && FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) == 0)
1048 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1049 else
1050 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1052 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 0);
1055 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1059 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1060 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1061 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1062 rarely happens). */
1064 static void
1065 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1069 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1070 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1072 static void
1073 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1079 /***********************************************************************
1080 Output Cursor
1081 ***********************************************************************/
1083 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1084 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1086 static void
1087 set_output_cursor (cursor)
1088 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
1090 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
1091 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
1092 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
1093 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
1097 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1099 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1100 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1102 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1103 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1104 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1105 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1107 static void
1108 w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
1109 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1111 struct window *w;
1113 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1114 if (updated_window)
1115 w = updated_window;
1116 else
1117 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
1119 /* Set the output cursor. */
1120 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1121 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1122 output_cursor.x = x;
1123 output_cursor.y = y;
1125 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1126 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1127 if (updated_window == NULL)
1129 BLOCK_INPUT;
1130 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
1131 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1137 /***********************************************************************
1138 Display Iterator
1139 ***********************************************************************/
1141 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1143 static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1144 struct glyph *,
1145 wchar_t *,
1146 int *));
1147 static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1148 int, wchar_t *, int));
1149 static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *,
1150 wchar_t *,
1151 enum w32_char_font_type));
1152 static enum w32_char_font_type
1153 w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *));
1154 static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1155 static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1156 static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1157 int, int, double));
1158 static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1159 static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1162 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1163 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1164 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1167 #define BYTE1(ch) \
1168 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1170 #define BYTE2(ch) \
1171 ((ch) & 0x00ff)
1174 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1175 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1176 metric is returned. */
1178 static int
1179 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm)
1180 XFontStruct *font;
1181 wchar_t *char2b;
1182 int dim;
1183 XCharStruct * pcm;
1185 glyph_metric * bdf_metric;
1186 char buf[2];
1188 if (dim == 1)
1189 buf[0] = (char)(*char2b);
1190 else
1192 buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1193 buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1196 bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim);
1198 if (bdf_metric)
1200 pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth;
1201 pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox;
1202 pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth
1203 - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw);
1204 pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh;
1205 pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy;
1207 return 1;
1209 return 0;
1213 static int
1214 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm)
1215 XFontStruct *font;
1216 wchar_t *char2b;
1217 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1218 XCharStruct * pcm;
1220 HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL);
1221 HFONT old_font;
1222 BOOL retval = FALSE;
1224 xassert (font && char2b);
1225 xassert (font->hfont);
1226 xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT);
1228 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
1230 if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0)
1232 ABC char_widths;
1234 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1235 retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1236 else
1237 retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1239 if (retval)
1241 #if 0
1242 /* Disabled until we can find a way to get the right results
1243 on all versions of Windows. */
1245 /* Don't trust the ABC widths. For synthesized fonts they are
1246 wrong, and so is the result of GetCharWidth()! */
1247 int real_width;
1248 GetCharWidth (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &real_width);
1249 #endif
1250 pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC;
1251 #if 0
1252 /* As far as I can tell, this is the best way to determine what
1253 ExtTextOut will do with the broken font. */
1254 if (pcm->width != real_width)
1255 pcm->width = (pcm->width + real_width) / 2;
1256 #endif
1257 pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA;
1258 pcm->rbearing = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB;
1259 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1260 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1264 if (!retval)
1266 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1267 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1268 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1269 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1270 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1271 is assumed to be zero. */
1273 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1274 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1275 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1276 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1277 SIZE sz;
1279 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1280 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz);
1281 else
1282 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz);
1284 if (retval)
1286 pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang;
1287 pcm->rbearing = sz.cx;
1288 pcm->lbearing = 0;
1289 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1290 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1295 if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)
1297 retval = FALSE;
1300 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
1301 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
1303 return retval;
1307 static XCharStruct *
1308 w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1309 XFontStruct *font;
1310 wchar_t *char2b;
1311 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1313 /* The result metric information. */
1314 XCharStruct *pcm;
1315 BOOL retval;
1317 xassert (font && char2b);
1318 xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT);
1320 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1321 if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL)
1322 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1323 return &font->max_bounds;
1324 else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128)
1325 return &font->per_char[*char2b];
1327 pcm = &font->scratch;
1329 if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT)
1330 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm);
1331 else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT)
1332 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm);
1333 else
1334 retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm);
1336 if (retval)
1337 return pcm;
1339 return NULL;
1342 void
1343 w32_cache_char_metrics (font)
1344 XFontStruct *font;
1346 wchar_t char2b = L'x';
1348 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1349 if (font->bdf)
1351 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1352 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds))
1354 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1355 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1356 font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font);
1357 font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx;
1358 font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx;
1359 font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1360 font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1363 else
1365 if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0)
1366 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1367 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1368 || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth))
1370 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1371 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1372 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1373 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1374 run-time. */
1375 int i;
1377 font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct));
1378 for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
1380 char2b = i;
1381 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1382 &font->per_char[i]);
1385 else
1386 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1387 &font->max_bounds);
1392 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1393 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font)
1395 return font->double_byte_p;
1399 static BOOL
1400 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1401 int codepage;
1403 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
1404 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
1405 && codepage != CP_8BIT
1406 && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage)));
1409 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1410 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1412 static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type
1413 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1414 int c;
1415 wchar_t *char2b;
1416 struct font_info *font_info;
1417 int * two_byte_p;
1419 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1420 int codepage;
1421 int unicode_p = 0;
1423 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1425 xassert (two_byte_p);
1427 *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font);
1429 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1430 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1431 fixed encoding. */
1432 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1434 /* It's a program. */
1435 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1437 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1439 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1440 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1441 ccl->reg[2] = -1;
1443 else
1445 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1446 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1447 ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1450 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1452 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1453 program. */
1454 if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */
1455 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]);
1456 else
1457 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
1459 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1461 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1462 encoding numbers. */
1463 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1465 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1466 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1467 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b));
1469 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3
1470 || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1))
1471 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80);
1472 else if (enc == 4)
1474 int sjis1, sjis2;
1476 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b),
1477 sjis1, sjis2);
1478 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2);
1481 codepage = font_info->codepage;
1483 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1484 Unicode space. */
1485 if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1486 && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1
1487 && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_GRAPHIC)
1489 char temp[3];
1490 temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1491 temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1492 temp[2] = '\0';
1493 if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
1495 if (temp[0])
1496 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1);
1497 else
1498 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1);
1500 unicode_p = 1;
1501 *two_byte_p = 1;
1503 if (!font)
1504 return UNKNOWN_FONT;
1505 else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1506 return BDF_1D_FONT;
1507 else if (font->bdf)
1508 return BDF_2D_FONT;
1509 else if (unicode_p)
1510 return UNICODE_FONT;
1511 else
1512 return ANSI_FONT;
1516 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1517 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1518 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1519 realized face that is ready for display. */
1521 static INLINE struct face *
1522 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
1523 struct frame *f;
1524 int c, face_id;
1525 wchar_t *char2b;
1526 int multibyte_p;
1528 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1530 if (!multibyte_p)
1532 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1533 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1534 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1535 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c);
1536 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1538 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1540 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1541 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1543 else
1545 int c1, c2, charset;
1547 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1548 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1549 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
1550 if (c2 > 0)
1551 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1552 else
1553 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1555 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1556 if (face->font != NULL)
1558 struct font_info *font_info
1559 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1560 if (font_info)
1561 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p);
1565 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1566 xassert (face != NULL);
1567 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1569 return face;
1573 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1574 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1575 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1577 static INLINE struct face *
1578 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p)
1579 struct frame *f;
1580 struct glyph *glyph;
1581 wchar_t *char2b;
1582 int *two_byte_p;
1584 struct face *face;
1585 int dummy = 0;
1587 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1588 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id);
1590 if (two_byte_p)
1591 *two_byte_p = 0;
1592 else
1593 two_byte_p = &dummy;
1595 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1597 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1598 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1599 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1601 else if (glyph->u.ch < 128
1602 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1604 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1605 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1607 else
1609 int c1, c2, charset;
1611 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1612 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1613 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2);
1614 if (c2 > 0)
1615 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1616 else
1617 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1619 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1620 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1622 struct font_info *font_info
1623 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1624 if (font_info)
1626 glyph->w32_font_type
1627 = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p);
1632 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1633 xassert (face != NULL);
1634 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1635 return face;
1639 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1640 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1642 static INLINE void
1643 x_append_glyph (it)
1644 struct it *it;
1646 struct glyph *glyph;
1647 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1649 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1650 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1652 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1653 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1655 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1656 glyph->object = it->object;
1657 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1658 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1659 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1660 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1661 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1662 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1663 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1664 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1665 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1666 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p;
1667 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1668 glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display;
1669 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1670 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1674 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1675 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1677 static INLINE void
1678 x_append_composite_glyph (it)
1679 struct it *it;
1681 struct glyph *glyph;
1682 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1684 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1686 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1687 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1689 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1690 glyph->object = it->object;
1691 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1692 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1693 glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH;
1694 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1695 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1696 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1697 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1698 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1699 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1700 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1701 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1702 glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id;
1703 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1704 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1709 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1710 IT->voffset. */
1712 static INLINE void
1713 take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1714 struct it *it;
1716 if (it->voffset)
1718 if (it->voffset < 0)
1719 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1720 in the line. */
1721 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1722 else
1723 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1724 in the line. */
1725 it->descent += it->voffset;
1730 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1731 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1732 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1734 static void
1735 x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1736 struct it *it;
1738 struct image *img;
1739 struct face *face;
1741 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1743 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1744 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1745 xassert (img);
1747 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1748 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1749 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1751 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face);
1752 it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent;
1753 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin;
1755 it->nglyphs = 1;
1757 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1759 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1761 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1762 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1765 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1766 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1767 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1768 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1771 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1773 if (it->glyph_row)
1775 struct glyph *glyph;
1776 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1778 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1779 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1781 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1782 glyph->object = it->object;
1783 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1784 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1785 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
1786 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1787 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1788 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1789 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1790 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1791 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1792 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1793 glyph->u.img_id = img->id;
1794 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1795 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1801 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1802 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1803 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1804 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1806 static void
1807 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1808 struct it *it;
1809 Lisp_Object object;
1810 int width, height;
1811 double ascent;
1813 struct glyph *glyph;
1814 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1816 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1818 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1819 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1821 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1822 glyph->object = object;
1823 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1824 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1825 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1826 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1827 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1828 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1829 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1830 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1831 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1832 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1833 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1834 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1835 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1836 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1841 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1842 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1843 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1844 being recognized:
1846 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1847 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1848 point number.
1850 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1851 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1852 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1854 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1855 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1857 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1859 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1860 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1862 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1863 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1864 the glyph property.
1866 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1868 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1869 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1870 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1872 #define NUMVAL(X) \
1873 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1874 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1875 : - 1)
1878 static void
1879 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1880 struct it *it;
1882 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1883 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1884 extern Lisp_Object Qspace;
1885 #endif
1886 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent;
1887 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1888 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1889 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1890 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1891 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1892 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1894 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1896 /* List should start with `space'. */
1897 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1898 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1900 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1901 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1902 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1903 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1904 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1905 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1906 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1908 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1909 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1910 property. */
1911 struct it it2;
1912 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1914 it2 = *it;
1915 if (it->multibyte_p)
1917 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1918 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1919 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1921 else
1922 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1924 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1925 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1926 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1927 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1929 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1930 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1931 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1932 else
1933 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1934 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1936 /* Compute height. */
1937 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1938 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1939 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1940 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1941 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1942 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1943 else
1944 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1946 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1947 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1948 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1949 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1950 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1951 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1952 else
1953 ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1955 if (width <= 0)
1956 width = 1;
1957 if (height <= 0)
1958 height = 1;
1960 if (it->glyph_row)
1962 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1963 if (!STRINGP (object))
1964 object = it->w->buffer;
1965 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1968 it->pixel_width = width;
1969 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent;
1970 it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent;
1971 it->nglyphs = 1;
1973 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1975 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1977 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1978 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1981 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1982 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1983 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1984 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1987 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1990 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1991 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1992 center of the line of frame F.
1994 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1996 -------------------------+-----------+-
1997 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1998 | | | | | |
1999 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
2000 | | | ASCENT | |
2001 HEIGHT | | | | |
2002 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
2003 | | | | BOFF | |
2004 | |---------|-+-+ | |
2005 | | | DESCENT | |
2006 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
2007 -------------------------+-----------+-
2009 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
2010 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
2011 DESCENT = FONT->descent
2012 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
2013 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
2014 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
2015 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
2018 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
2019 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
2020 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
2021 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
2022 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
2024 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
2025 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
2026 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
2028 static void
2029 x_produce_glyphs (it)
2030 struct it *it;
2032 it->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
2034 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
2036 wchar_t char2b;
2037 XFontStruct *font;
2038 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2039 XCharStruct *pcm;
2040 int font_not_found_p;
2041 struct font_info *font_info;
2042 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2043 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
2044 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
2045 later.
2047 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
2048 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
2049 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
2050 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
2051 glyph.
2053 int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2055 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
2056 other way. */
2057 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2058 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c))
2060 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2061 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2062 && (it->c >= 0240
2063 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))
2065 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2066 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2067 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2068 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2070 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2071 && !it->multibyte_p)
2073 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2074 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2075 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2079 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2080 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2081 it->face_id, &char2b,
2082 it->multibyte_p);
2083 font = face->font;
2085 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2086 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2087 if (font_not_found_p)
2089 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2090 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2091 font_info = NULL;
2093 else
2095 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2096 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2097 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2098 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2101 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
2102 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
2104 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2105 int stretched_p;
2107 it->nglyphs = 1;
2109 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
2110 font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT);
2111 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2112 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2114 if (pcm)
2116 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2117 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2118 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2120 else
2122 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2123 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2124 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2125 it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2128 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2129 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2130 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
2131 if (stretched_p)
2132 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
2134 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2135 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2136 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2137 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2139 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2141 if (thick > 0)
2143 it->ascent += thick;
2144 it->descent += thick;
2146 else
2147 thick = -thick;
2149 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2150 it->pixel_width += thick;
2151 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2152 it->pixel_width += thick;
2155 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2156 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2157 if (face->overline_p)
2158 it->ascent += 2;
2160 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2162 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2163 if (it->glyph_row)
2165 if (stretched_p)
2167 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2168 into a stretch glyph. */
2169 double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font)
2170 / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
2171 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2172 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2174 else
2175 x_append_glyph (it);
2177 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2178 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2179 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2180 if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2181 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2184 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
2186 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2187 it->pixel_width = 0;
2188 it->nglyphs = 0;
2189 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2190 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2192 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2193 && face->box_line_width > 0)
2195 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
2196 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
2199 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
2201 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
2202 int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width;
2203 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
2205 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2206 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2207 tab stop after that. */
2208 if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f))
2209 next_tab_x += tab_width;
2211 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
2212 it->nglyphs = 1;
2213 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2214 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2216 if (it->glyph_row)
2218 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
2219 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2220 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2223 else
2225 /* A multi-byte character.
2226 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2227 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2228 default font and calculate the width of the character
2229 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2230 did. */
2231 enum w32_char_font_type type;
2233 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2234 type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2235 else if (font->bdf)
2236 type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2237 else
2238 type = UNICODE_FONT;
2240 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type);
2242 if (font_not_found_p || !pcm)
2244 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
2246 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2247 it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f))
2248 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
2249 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2250 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2252 else
2254 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2255 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2256 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2257 if (it->glyph_row
2258 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
2259 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2260 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2262 it->nglyphs = 1;
2263 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2264 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2265 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2267 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2269 if (thick > 0)
2271 it->ascent += thick;
2272 it->descent += thick;
2274 else
2275 thick = - thick;
2277 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2278 it->pixel_width += thick;
2279 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2280 it->pixel_width += thick;
2283 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2284 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2285 if (face->overline_p)
2286 it->ascent += 2;
2288 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2290 if (it->glyph_row)
2291 x_append_glyph (it);
2293 it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p;
2295 else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2297 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2298 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2299 wchar_t char2b;
2300 XFontStruct *font;
2301 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2302 XCharStruct *pcm;
2303 int font_not_found_p;
2304 struct font_info *font_info;
2305 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2306 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id];
2308 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2309 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2310 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2311 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2312 && (it->c >= 0240
2313 || (it->c >= 0200
2314 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
2316 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2319 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2320 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2321 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2322 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2323 it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p);
2324 font = face->font;
2326 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2327 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2328 if (font_not_found_p)
2330 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2331 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2332 font_info = NULL;
2334 else
2336 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2337 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2338 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2339 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2342 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2343 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2344 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2345 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2346 it->nglyphs = 1;
2348 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2349 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2350 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2351 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2352 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2353 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2354 correct the display anyway. */
2355 if (cmp->font != (void *) font)
2357 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2358 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2359 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2360 them respectively. */
2361 int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2362 int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2363 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2364 int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest;
2365 int i, width, ascent, descent;
2366 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
2368 cmp->font = (void *) font;
2370 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2371 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2372 else if (font->bdf)
2373 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2374 else
2375 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2377 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2378 if (font_info
2379 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2381 width = pcm->width;
2382 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2383 descent = pcm->descent;
2385 else
2387 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2388 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2389 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2392 rightmost = width;
2393 lowest = - descent + boff;
2394 highest = ascent + boff;
2395 leftmost = 0;
2397 if (font_info
2398 && font_info->default_ascent
2399 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2400 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent,
2401 make_number (it->char_to_display))))
2402 highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff;
2404 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2405 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2406 the left. */
2407 cmp->offsets[0] = 0;
2408 cmp->offsets[1] = boff;
2410 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2411 for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2413 int left, right, btm, top;
2414 int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i);
2415 int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch);
2417 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2418 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b,
2419 it->multibyte_p);
2420 font = face->font;
2421 if (font == NULL)
2423 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2424 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2425 font_info = NULL;
2427 else
2429 font_info
2430 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2431 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2432 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2433 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2436 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1)
2437 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2438 else if (font->bdf)
2439 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2440 else
2441 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2443 if (font_info
2444 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2446 width = pcm->width;
2447 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2448 descent = pcm->descent;
2450 else
2452 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2453 ascent = 1;
2454 descent = 0;
2457 if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS)
2459 /* Relative composition with or without
2460 alternate chars. */
2461 left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2;
2462 btm = - descent + boff;
2463 if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose
2464 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition)
2465 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2466 make_number (ch)))))
2469 if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose)
2470 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2471 btm = highest + 1;
2472 else if (ascent <= 0)
2473 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2474 btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent;
2477 else
2479 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2480 value that encodes global and new reference
2481 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2482 specified by numbers as below:
2484 0---1---2 -- ascent
2488 9--10--11 -- center
2490 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2492 6---7---8 -- descent
2494 int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i);
2495 int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy;
2497 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref);
2498 grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3;
2499 grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3;
2501 left = (leftmost
2502 + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2
2503 - nrefx * width / 2);
2504 btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest
2505 : grefy == 1 ? 0
2506 : grefy == 2 ? lowest
2507 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2508 - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent
2509 : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff
2510 : nrefy == 2 ? 0
2511 : (ascent + descent) / 2));
2514 cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left;
2515 cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent;
2517 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2518 right = left + width;
2519 top = btm + descent + ascent;
2520 if (left < leftmost)
2521 leftmost = left;
2522 if (right > rightmost)
2523 rightmost = right;
2524 if (top > highest)
2525 highest = top;
2526 if (btm < lowest)
2527 lowest = btm;
2530 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2531 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2532 non-negative. */
2533 if (leftmost < 0)
2535 for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2536 cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost;
2537 rightmost -= leftmost;
2540 cmp->pixel_width = rightmost;
2541 cmp->ascent = highest;
2542 cmp->descent = - lowest;
2543 if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent)
2544 cmp->ascent = font_ascent;
2545 if (cmp->descent < font_descent)
2546 cmp->descent = font_descent;
2549 it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width;
2550 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent;
2551 it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent;
2553 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2555 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2557 if (thick > 0)
2559 it->ascent += thick;
2560 it->descent += thick;
2562 else
2563 thick = - thick;
2565 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2566 it->pixel_width += thick;
2567 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2568 it->pixel_width += thick;
2571 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2572 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2573 if (face->overline_p)
2574 it->ascent += 2;
2576 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2578 if (it->glyph_row)
2579 x_append_composite_glyph (it);
2581 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
2582 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
2583 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
2584 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
2586 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2587 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2588 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0);
2589 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
2590 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
2592 it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing;
2594 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
2595 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
2596 it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent);
2597 it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent);
2601 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2602 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2605 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
2606 struct frame *f;
2607 enum face_id face_id;
2609 int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
2611 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2612 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2613 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
2615 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
2616 if (face)
2618 if (face->font)
2619 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font);
2620 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
2621 height += 2 * face->box_line_width;
2625 return height;
2629 /***********************************************************************
2630 Glyph display
2631 ***********************************************************************/
2633 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2635 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2636 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2637 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2638 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2640 struct glyph_string
2642 /* X-origin of the string. */
2643 int x;
2645 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2646 int y, ybase;
2648 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2649 int width;
2651 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2652 int background_width;
2654 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2655 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2656 font the string is drawn in. */
2657 int height;
2659 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2660 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2661 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2662 int left_overhang;
2664 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2665 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2666 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2667 int right_overhang;
2669 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2670 struct frame *f;
2672 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2673 struct window *w;
2675 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2676 Window window;
2678 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2679 y-origin and height of the string. */
2680 struct glyph_row *row;
2682 /* The area within row. */
2683 enum glyph_row_area area;
2685 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2686 wchar_t *char2b;
2687 int nchars;
2689 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2690 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
2692 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2693 struct face *face;
2695 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2696 XFontStruct *font;
2698 /* Font info for this string. */
2699 struct font_info *font_info;
2701 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2702 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2703 struct composition *cmp;
2705 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2706 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2707 the first character of a composition. */
2708 int gidx;
2710 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2711 of the window's drawing area. */
2712 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
2714 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2715 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2717 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2718 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2720 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2721 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2722 the frame's default font in this case. */
2723 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2725 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2726 stipple pattern. */
2727 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2729 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2730 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2731 string appears in as clip rect. */
2732 unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1;
2734 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2735 XGCValues *gc;
2737 HDC hdc;
2739 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2740 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2741 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2742 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2744 /* Image, if any. */
2745 struct image *img;
2747 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2751 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2753 static void
2754 w32_text_out (s, x, y,chars,nchars)
2755 struct glyph_string * s;
2756 int x, y;
2757 wchar_t * chars;
2758 int nchars;
2760 int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1;
2761 if (s->gc->font->bdf)
2762 w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc,
2763 x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim,
2764 nchars * charset_dim, 0);
2765 else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
2766 ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL);
2767 else
2768 ExtTextOutA (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars,
2769 nchars * charset_dim, NULL);
2772 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2774 static void
2775 x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2776 struct glyph_string *s;
2778 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2779 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2780 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2781 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2782 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2783 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2784 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2785 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2786 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2787 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2788 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2789 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2792 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2796 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2797 struct glyph_string **,
2798 struct glyph_string *,
2799 struct glyph_string *));
2800 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2801 struct glyph_string **,
2802 struct glyph_string *,
2803 struct glyph_string *));
2804 static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2805 struct glyph_string **,
2806 struct glyph_string *));
2807 static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2808 static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2809 static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2810 static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2811 static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int,
2812 int));
2813 static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc,
2814 wchar_t *, struct window *,
2815 struct glyph_row *,
2816 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2817 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2818 static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2819 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2820 enum draw_glyphs_face, int));
2821 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2822 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2823 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2824 int));
2825 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2826 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2827 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2828 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2829 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2830 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2831 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2832 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2833 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *,
2834 struct frame *,
2835 int *, int *));
2836 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2837 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int);
2838 static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2839 double, int, COLORREF));
2840 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2841 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2842 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2843 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2844 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP));
2845 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2846 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2847 int, int, int));
2848 static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2849 int, int, int, int, RECT *));
2850 static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2851 int, int, int, RECT *));
2852 static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
2853 enum glyph_row_area));
2854 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2855 struct glyph_row *,
2856 enum glyph_row_area, int, int));
2858 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2859 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
2860 #endif
2863 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2864 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2866 static INLINE void
2867 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2868 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2869 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2871 if (h)
2873 if (*head)
2874 (*tail)->next = h;
2875 else
2876 *head = h;
2877 h->prev = *tail;
2878 *tail = t;
2883 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2884 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2885 result. */
2887 static INLINE void
2888 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2889 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2890 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2892 if (h)
2894 if (*head)
2895 (*head)->prev = t;
2896 else
2897 *tail = t;
2898 t->next = *head;
2899 *head = h;
2904 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2905 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2907 static INLINE void
2908 x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2909 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2910 struct glyph_string *s;
2912 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2913 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2917 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2918 face. */
2920 static void
2921 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2922 struct glyph_string *s;
2924 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2925 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2926 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2927 && !s->cmp)
2928 s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc;
2929 else
2931 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2932 XGCValues xgcv;
2933 unsigned long mask;
2935 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
2936 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2938 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2939 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2940 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2941 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2942 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2943 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2944 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2946 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2947 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2948 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
2950 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
2951 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2954 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2955 xgcv.font = s->font;
2956 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2958 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2959 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2960 mask, &xgcv);
2961 else
2962 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2963 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2965 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2970 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2972 static void
2973 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2974 struct glyph_string *s;
2976 int face_id;
2977 struct face *face;
2979 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2980 face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2981 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2982 if (face == NULL)
2983 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);
2985 if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
2986 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
2987 else
2988 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0);
2989 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2990 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2992 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2993 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2994 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2995 else
2997 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2998 but font FONT. */
2999 XGCValues xgcv;
3000 unsigned long mask;
3002 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
3003 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
3004 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
3005 xgcv.font = s->font;
3006 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
3008 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
3009 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
3010 mask, &xgcv);
3011 else
3012 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
3013 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
3015 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
3018 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3022 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
3023 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
3024 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
3026 static INLINE void
3027 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
3028 struct glyph_string *s;
3030 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3034 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
3035 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
3036 pattern. */
3038 static INLINE void
3039 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
3040 struct glyph_string *s;
3042 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
3044 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
3046 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3047 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3049 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
3051 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
3052 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3054 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3056 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
3057 s->stippled_p = 0;
3059 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
3061 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
3062 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3064 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3065 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
3067 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3068 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3070 else
3072 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3073 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3076 /* GC must have been set. */
3077 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3081 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
3083 static void
3084 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
3085 struct glyph_string *s;
3086 RECT *r;
3088 int r_height, r_width;
3090 if (s->row->full_width_p)
3092 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
3093 int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3095 r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x;
3096 r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x;
3098 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
3100 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x;
3101 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
3102 r->left -= width;
3105 r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f);
3107 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3108 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3109 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3110 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3111 else
3112 r_height = s->height;
3114 else
3116 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3117 r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
3118 r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
3119 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3122 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3123 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3124 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3125 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
3127 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3128 r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top;
3130 else
3132 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3133 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3134 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3135 if (!s->row->full_width_p
3136 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
3137 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3138 else
3139 r->top = max (0, s->row->y);
3141 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3142 at the top of the window. */
3143 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
3144 r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
3147 r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top);
3149 /* If drawing the cursor, don't let glyph draw outside its
3150 advertised boundaries. Cleartype does this under some circumstances. */
3151 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3153 if (s->x > r->left)
3155 r_width -= s->x - r->left;
3156 r->left = s->x;
3158 r_width = min (r_width, s->first_glyph->pixel_width);
3161 r->bottom = r->top + r_height;
3162 r->right = r->left + r_width;
3166 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3167 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3169 static INLINE void
3170 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
3171 struct glyph_string *s;
3173 RECT r;
3174 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3175 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r);
3179 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3180 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3182 static INLINE void
3183 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
3184 struct glyph_string *s;
3186 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3187 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3188 individual character and working it out manually. */
3192 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3193 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3194 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3196 static void
3197 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
3198 struct glyph_string *s;
3199 int x;
3200 int backward_p;
3202 if (backward_p)
3204 while (s)
3206 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3207 x -= s->width;
3208 s->x = x;
3209 s = s->prev;
3212 else
3214 while (s)
3216 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3217 s->x = x;
3218 x += s->width;
3219 s = s->next;
3225 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3226 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3227 assumed to be zero. */
3229 static void
3230 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right)
3231 HDC hdc;
3232 struct glyph *glyph;
3233 struct frame *f;
3234 int *left, *right;
3236 *left = *right = 0;
3238 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
3240 XFontStruct *font;
3241 struct face *face;
3242 wchar_t char2b;
3243 XCharStruct *pcm;
3245 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL);
3246 font = face->font;
3248 if (font
3249 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
3250 glyph->w32_font_type)))
3252 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
3253 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
3254 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
3255 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
3261 static void
3262 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
3263 struct glyph *glyph;
3264 struct frame *f;
3265 int *left, *right;
3267 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3268 /* Convert to unicode! */
3269 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right);
3270 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3274 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3275 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3276 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3278 static int
3279 x_left_overwritten (s)
3280 struct glyph_string *s;
3282 int k;
3284 if (s->left_overhang)
3286 int x = 0, i;
3287 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3288 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3290 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
3291 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3293 k = i + 1;
3295 else
3296 k = -1;
3298 return k;
3302 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3303 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3304 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3306 static int
3307 x_left_overwriting (s)
3308 struct glyph_string *s;
3310 int i, k, x;
3311 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3312 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3314 k = -1;
3315 x = 0;
3316 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
3318 int left, right;
3319 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3320 if (x + right > 0)
3321 k = i;
3322 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3325 return k;
3329 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3330 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3331 no such glyph is found. */
3333 static int
3334 x_right_overwritten (s)
3335 struct glyph_string *s;
3337 int k = -1;
3339 if (s->right_overhang)
3341 int x = 0, i;
3342 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3343 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3344 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3346 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
3347 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3349 k = i;
3352 return k;
3356 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3357 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3358 if no such glyph is found. */
3360 static int
3361 x_right_overwriting (s)
3362 struct glyph_string *s;
3364 int i, k, x;
3365 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3366 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3367 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3369 k = -1;
3370 x = 0;
3371 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
3373 int left, right;
3374 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3375 if (x - left < 0)
3376 k = i;
3377 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3380 return k;
3384 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3386 static INLINE void
3387 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
3388 struct glyph_string *s;
3389 int x, y, w, h;
3391 int real_x = x;
3392 int real_y = y;
3393 int real_w = w;
3394 int real_h = h;
3395 #if 0
3396 /* Take clipping into account. */
3397 if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect)
3399 real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3400 real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3401 real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right
3402 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3403 real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom
3404 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3406 #endif
3407 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y,
3408 real_w, real_h);
3412 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3413 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3414 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3415 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3416 contains the first component of a composition. */
3418 static void
3419 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
3420 struct glyph_string *s;
3421 int force_p;
3423 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3424 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3425 if (!s->background_filled_p)
3427 int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
3429 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3430 if (s->stippled_p)
3432 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3433 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3434 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
3435 s->y + box_line_width,
3436 s->background_width,
3437 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3438 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3439 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3441 else
3442 #endif
3443 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
3444 || s->font_not_found_p
3445 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3446 || s->font->bdf
3447 || force_p)
3449 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
3450 s->background_width,
3451 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3452 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3458 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3460 static void
3461 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3462 struct glyph_string *s;
3464 int i, x;
3465 HFONT old_font;
3467 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3468 of S to the right of that box line. */
3469 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3470 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3471 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3472 else
3473 x = s->x;
3475 if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
3476 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3477 else
3478 SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE);
3480 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3481 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3482 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3484 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3485 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3487 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3488 loaded. */
3489 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3491 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3493 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
3495 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
3496 s->height - 1);
3497 x += g->pixel_width;
3500 else
3502 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
3503 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
3505 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
3506 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
3508 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3509 if (!s->two_byte_p)
3510 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3511 char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]);
3513 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3514 w32_text_out (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3516 if (s->face->overstrike)
3518 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
3519 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
3520 w32_text_out (s, x + 1, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3523 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3524 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3527 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3529 static void
3530 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3531 struct glyph_string *s;
3533 int i, x;
3534 HFONT old_font;
3536 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3537 of S to the right of that box line. */
3538 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3539 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3540 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3541 else
3542 x = s->x;
3544 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3545 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3546 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3547 this composition. */
3549 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3550 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3551 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3552 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3554 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3555 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3557 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3558 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3559 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3561 if (s->gidx == 0)
3562 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1,
3563 s->height - 1);
3565 else
3567 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
3569 w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
3570 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3571 s->char2b + i, 1);
3572 if (s->face->overstrike)
3573 w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2] + 1,
3574 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3575 s->char2b + i, 1);
3579 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3580 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3584 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3585 boosted.
3587 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3588 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3589 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3590 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3591 use an additional additive factor.
3593 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3594 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3595 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3598 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3599 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3600 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3601 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3602 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3603 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3605 static int
3606 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
3607 struct frame *f;
3608 COLORREF *color;
3609 double factor;
3610 int delta;
3612 COLORREF new;
3613 long bright;
3615 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3616 delta /= 256;
3618 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3619 xassert (factor >= 0);
3620 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)),
3621 min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)),
3622 min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color)));
3624 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3625 bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color)
3626 + GetBValue (*color)) / 6;
3628 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3629 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3630 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
3631 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3632 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3634 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3635 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
3636 /* The additive adjustment. */
3637 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
3639 if (factor < 1)
3640 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))),
3641 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))),
3642 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color))));
3643 else
3644 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3645 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3646 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3649 if (new == *color)
3650 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3651 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3652 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3654 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3655 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3657 if (new == *color)
3658 return 0;
3660 *color = new;
3662 return 1;
3666 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3667 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3668 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3669 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3670 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3671 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3673 static void
3674 w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
3675 struct frame *f;
3676 struct relief *relief;
3677 double factor;
3678 int delta;
3679 COLORREF default_pixel;
3681 XGCValues xgcv;
3682 struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32;
3683 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
3684 COLORREF pixel;
3685 COLORREF background = di->relief_background;
3686 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
3688 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3690 /* Allocate new color. */
3691 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3692 pixel = background;
3693 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
3695 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3696 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3699 if (relief->gc == 0)
3701 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3702 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
3703 mask |= GCStipple;
3704 #endif
3705 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
3707 else
3708 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3712 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3714 static void
3715 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3716 struct glyph_string *s;
3718 struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32;
3719 COLORREF color;
3721 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3722 color = s->face->box_color;
3723 else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH
3724 && s->img->pixmap
3725 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0))
3726 color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0);
3727 else
3728 color = s->gc->background;
3730 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3731 || color != di->relief_background)
3733 di->relief_background = color;
3734 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3735 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3736 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3737 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3742 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3743 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3744 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3745 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3746 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3747 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3748 when drawing. */
3750 static void
3751 w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3752 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3753 struct frame *f;
3754 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3755 RECT *clip_rect;
3757 int i;
3758 XGCValues gc;
3759 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3761 if (raised_p)
3762 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3763 else
3764 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3766 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3768 /* Top. */
3769 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3770 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3771 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3772 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p ) + 1, 1);
3774 /* Left. */
3775 if (left_p)
3776 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3777 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3778 left_x + i, top_y + i, 1,
3779 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i + 1);
3781 if (raised_p)
3782 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3783 else
3784 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3786 /* Bottom. */
3787 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3788 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3789 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3790 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p) + 1, 1);
3792 /* Right. */
3793 if (right_p)
3794 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3795 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3796 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1,
3797 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i - 1);
3799 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3801 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3805 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3806 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3807 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3808 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3809 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3810 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3812 static void
3813 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3814 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3815 struct glyph_string *s;
3816 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
3817 RECT *clip_rect;
3819 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect);
3821 /* Top. */
3822 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3823 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3825 /* Left. */
3826 if (left_p)
3828 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3829 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3832 /* Bottom. */
3833 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3834 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3836 /* Right. */
3837 if (right_p)
3839 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3840 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3843 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3847 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3849 static void
3850 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3851 struct glyph_string *s;
3853 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3854 int left_p, right_p;
3855 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3856 RECT clip_rect;
3858 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3859 if (s->row->full_width_p
3860 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3862 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->f);
3863 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3864 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3867 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3868 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
3869 ? s->first_glyph
3870 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3872 width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3873 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3874 left_x = s->x;
3875 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3876 ? last_x - 1
3877 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
3878 top_y = s->y;
3879 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3881 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3882 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3883 && (s->prev == NULL
3884 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3885 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3886 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3887 && (s->next == NULL
3888 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3890 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3892 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
3893 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3894 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3895 else
3897 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3898 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3899 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3904 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3906 static void
3907 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3908 struct glyph_string *s;
3910 int x;
3911 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3913 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3914 right of that line. */
3915 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3916 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3917 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3918 else
3919 x = s->x;
3921 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3922 by that margin. */
3923 x += s->img->hmargin;
3924 y += s->img->vmargin;
3926 SaveDC (s->hdc);
3928 if (s->img->pixmap)
3930 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3931 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3932 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
3933 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3934 SetBkColor (compat_hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255));
3935 SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0));
3936 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3938 if (s->img->mask)
3940 HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3941 HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask);
3943 SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255));
3944 SetBkColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0));
3946 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3947 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
3948 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3949 mask_dc, 0, 0, SRCAND);
3950 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3951 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
3953 SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj);
3954 DeleteDC (mask_dc);
3956 else
3958 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3959 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3961 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3962 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3964 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3965 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3966 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3967 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3968 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3969 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3970 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3972 int r = s->img->relief;
3973 if (r < 0) r = -r;
3974 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r ,
3975 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
3979 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3980 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
3981 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3982 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3983 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
3985 else
3986 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1,
3987 s->img->height - 1);
3989 RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1);
3994 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3996 static void
3997 x_draw_image_relief (s)
3998 struct glyph_string *s;
4000 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
4001 RECT r;
4002 int x;
4003 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
4005 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4006 right of that line. */
4007 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4008 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4009 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4010 else
4011 x = s->x;
4013 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4014 by that margin. */
4015 x += s->img->hmargin;
4016 y += s->img->vmargin;
4018 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
4019 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
4021 thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
4022 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
4024 else
4026 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
4027 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
4030 x0 = x - thick;
4031 y0 = y - thick;
4032 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
4033 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
4035 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
4036 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4037 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
4041 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4043 static void
4044 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
4045 struct glyph_string *s;
4046 HBITMAP pixmap;
4048 HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4049 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap);
4050 int x;
4051 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
4053 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4054 right of that line. */
4055 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4056 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4057 x = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4058 else
4059 x = 0;
4061 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4062 by that margin. */
4063 x += s->img->hmargin;
4064 y += s->img->vmargin;
4066 if (s->img->pixmap)
4068 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
4069 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4070 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
4071 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
4073 if (s->img->mask)
4075 HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
4076 HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask);
4078 SetTextColor (hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0));
4079 SetBkColor (hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255));
4080 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4081 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
4082 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4083 mask_dc, 0, 0, SRCAND);
4084 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4085 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
4087 SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj);
4088 DeleteDC (mask_dc);
4090 else
4092 SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4093 SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background);
4095 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4096 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4098 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4099 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4100 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4101 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4102 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4103 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4104 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
4106 int r = s->img->relief;
4107 if (r < 0) r = -r;
4108 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r ,
4109 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
4113 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
4114 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4115 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4116 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4118 else
4119 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4120 s->img->height - 1);
4122 SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj);
4123 DeleteDC (hdc);
4127 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4128 give the rectangle to draw. */
4130 static void
4131 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
4132 struct glyph_string *s;
4133 int x, y, w, h;
4135 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4136 if (s->stippled_p)
4138 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4139 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4140 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
4141 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4143 else
4144 #endif
4145 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
4149 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4151 s->y
4152 s->x +-------------------------
4153 | s->face->box
4155 | +-------------------------
4156 | | s->img->vmargin
4158 | | +-------------------
4159 | | | the image
4163 static void
4164 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
4165 struct glyph_string *s;
4167 int x, y;
4168 int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4169 int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
4170 int height;
4171 HBITMAP pixmap = 0;
4173 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth;
4175 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4176 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4177 flickering. */
4178 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4179 if (height > s->img->height
4180 || s->img->hmargin
4181 || s->img->vmargin
4182 || s->img->mask
4183 || s->img->pixmap == 0
4184 || s->width != s->background_width)
4186 if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4187 x = s->x + box_line_hwidth;
4188 else
4189 x = s->x;
4191 y = s->y + box_line_vwidth;
4192 #if 0 /* TODO: figure out if we need to do this on Windows. */
4193 if (s->img->mask)
4195 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4196 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4197 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4198 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
4199 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
4201 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4202 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
4203 s->background_width,
4204 s->height, depth);
4206 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4207 pixmap. */
4208 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4210 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4211 if (s->stippled_p)
4213 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4214 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4215 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4216 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4217 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4219 else
4221 XGCValues xgcv;
4222 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
4223 &xgcv);
4224 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
4225 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4226 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4227 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
4230 else
4231 #endif
4232 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
4234 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4237 /* Draw the foreground. */
4238 if (pixmap != 0)
4240 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
4241 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4243 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4244 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4245 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
4246 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
4248 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4249 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
4250 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4251 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4253 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
4254 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4255 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4256 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4258 DeleteObject (pixmap);
4259 pixmap = 0;
4261 else
4262 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
4264 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4265 if (s->img->relief
4266 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4267 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4268 x_draw_image_relief (s);
4272 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4274 static void
4275 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
4276 struct glyph_string *s;
4278 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4279 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4281 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
4282 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4284 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4285 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4286 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
4288 /* Draw cursor. */
4289 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
4291 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4292 if (width < s->background_width)
4294 XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc;
4295 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
4296 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
4297 RECT r;
4298 HDC hdc = s->hdc;
4300 if (s->row->mouse_face_p
4301 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
4303 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
4304 gc = s->gc;
4306 else
4307 gc = s->face->gc;
4309 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4310 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r);
4312 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4313 if (s->face->stipple)
4315 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4316 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4317 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
4318 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
4320 else
4321 #endif
4323 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h);
4327 else if (!s->background_filled_p)
4328 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
4329 s->height);
4331 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4335 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4337 static void
4338 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
4339 struct glyph_string *s;
4341 int relief_drawn_p = 0;
4343 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4344 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4345 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4346 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
4348 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
4349 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
4350 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
4351 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
4354 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4355 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
4357 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4358 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4359 if (!s->for_overlaps_p
4360 && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4361 && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4362 || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))
4365 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4366 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4367 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4368 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4369 relief_drawn_p = 1;
4371 else
4372 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4374 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
4376 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
4377 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
4378 break;
4380 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
4381 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
4382 break;
4384 case CHAR_GLYPH:
4385 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
4386 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4387 else
4388 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
4389 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4390 break;
4392 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
4393 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
4394 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4395 else
4396 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4397 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4398 break;
4400 default:
4401 abort ();
4404 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
4406 /* Draw underline. */
4407 if (s->face->underline_p
4408 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined))
4410 unsigned long h = 1;
4411 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
4413 /* TODO: Use font information for positioning and thickness
4414 of underline. See OUTLINETEXTMETRIC, and xterm.c. */
4415 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
4417 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4418 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4420 else
4422 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4423 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4427 /* Draw overline. */
4428 if (s->face->overline_p)
4430 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
4432 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
4434 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4435 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4437 else
4439 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4440 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4444 /* Draw strike-through. */
4445 if (s->face->strike_through_p
4446 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut))
4448 unsigned long h = 1;
4449 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
4451 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
4453 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy,
4454 s->width, h);
4456 else
4458 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4459 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4463 /* Draw relief. */
4464 if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
4465 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4468 /* Reset clipping. */
4469 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
4473 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
4474 struct face **, int));
4477 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4479 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4480 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4481 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4482 use its physical height for clipping.
4484 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4486 static int
4487 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p)
4488 struct glyph_string *s;
4489 struct face **faces;
4490 int overlaps_p;
4492 int i;
4494 xassert (s);
4496 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4498 s->face = faces[s->gidx];
4499 s->font = s->face->font;
4500 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4502 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4503 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4504 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4505 ++s->nchars;
4506 for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i)
4507 ++s->nchars;
4509 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4510 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4512 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4514 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4515 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4516 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4517 characters of the glyph string. */
4518 if (s->font == NULL)
4520 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4521 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4524 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4525 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4527 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4529 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4530 s->two_byte_p = 1;
4532 return s->gidx + s->nchars;
4536 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4538 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4539 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4540 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4541 use its physical height for clipping.
4543 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4545 static int
4546 x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p)
4547 struct glyph_string *s;
4548 int face_id;
4549 int start, end, overlaps_p;
4551 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4552 int voffset;
4553 int glyph_not_available_p;
4555 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
4556 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
4557 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
4559 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4560 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4561 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4562 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4564 glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p;
4566 while (glyph < last
4567 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4568 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4569 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4570 && glyph->face_id == face_id
4571 && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p)
4573 int two_byte_p;
4575 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
4576 s->char2b + s->nchars,
4577 &two_byte_p);
4578 s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p;
4579 ++s->nchars;
4580 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
4581 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4582 ++glyph;
4585 s->font = s->face->font;
4586 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4588 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4589 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4590 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4591 characters of the glyph string. */
4592 if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p)
4594 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4595 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4598 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4599 s->ybase += voffset;
4601 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4602 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4606 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4608 static void
4609 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
4610 struct glyph_string *s;
4612 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
4613 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id);
4614 xassert (s->img);
4615 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id);
4616 s->font = s->face->font;
4617 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4619 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4620 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4624 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4626 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4627 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4628 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4630 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4632 static int
4633 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end)
4634 struct glyph_string *s;
4635 struct glyph_row *row;
4636 enum glyph_row_area area;
4637 int start, end;
4639 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4640 int voffset, face_id;
4642 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4644 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4645 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4646 face_id = glyph->face_id;
4647 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
4648 s->font = s->face->font;
4649 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4650 s->width = glyph->pixel_width;
4651 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4653 for (++glyph;
4654 (glyph < last
4655 && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4656 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4657 && glyph->face_id == face_id);
4658 ++glyph)
4659 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4661 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4662 s->ybase += voffset;
4664 xassert (s->face);
4665 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4669 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4670 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4671 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4672 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4673 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4674 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4675 face-override for drawing S. */
4677 static void
4678 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
4679 struct glyph_string *s;
4680 HDC hdc;
4681 wchar_t *char2b;
4682 struct window *w;
4683 struct glyph_row *row;
4684 enum glyph_row_area area;
4685 int start;
4686 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4688 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
4689 s->w = w;
4690 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4691 s->hdc = hdc;
4692 s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f);
4693 s->char2b = char2b;
4694 s->hl = hl;
4695 s->row = row;
4696 s->area = area;
4697 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
4698 s->height = row->height;
4699 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4701 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4702 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
4703 s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
4705 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
4709 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4710 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4711 in the drawing area. */
4713 static INLINE void
4714 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4715 struct glyph_string *s;
4716 int start;
4717 int last_x;
4719 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4720 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4721 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4723 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4724 && s->area == TEXT_AREA
4725 && ((s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4726 && (s->row->fill_line_p
4727 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4728 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple
4729 || s->row->mouse_face_p))
4730 || s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4731 || ((s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4732 && s->row->fill_line_p)))
4733 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4735 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4736 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4737 area. */
4738 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4739 s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1;
4740 else
4741 s->background_width = s->width;
4745 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4746 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4747 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4748 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4749 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4750 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4751 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4753 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4754 do \
4756 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4757 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4758 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4759 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4760 s->x = (X); \
4762 while (0)
4765 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4766 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4767 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4768 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4769 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4770 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4771 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4773 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4774 do \
4776 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4777 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4778 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4779 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4780 ++START; \
4781 s->x = (X); \
4783 while (0)
4786 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4787 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4788 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4789 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4790 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4791 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4792 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4793 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4795 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4796 do \
4798 int c, face_id; \
4799 wchar_t *char2b; \
4801 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4802 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4804 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4805 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4806 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4807 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4808 s->x = (X); \
4809 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4810 OVERLAPS_P); \
4812 while (0)
4815 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4816 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4817 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4818 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4819 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4820 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4821 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4822 x-position of the drawing area. */
4824 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4825 do { \
4826 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4827 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4828 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4829 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4830 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4831 wchar_t *char2b; \
4832 struct face **faces; \
4833 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4834 int n; \
4836 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4837 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4838 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4839 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4840 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4842 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4843 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4844 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4845 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4846 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4849 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4850 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4851 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4853 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4854 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4855 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4856 s->cmp = cmp; \
4857 s->gidx = n; \
4858 s->x = (X); \
4860 if (n == 0) \
4861 first_s = s; \
4863 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4866 ++START; \
4867 s = first_s; \
4868 } while (0)
4871 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4872 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4873 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4874 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4875 x-positions of the drawing area.
4877 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4878 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4879 asynchronously). */
4881 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4882 do \
4884 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4885 while (START < END) \
4887 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4888 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4890 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4891 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4892 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4893 OVERLAPS_P); \
4894 break; \
4896 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4897 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4898 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4899 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4900 break; \
4902 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4903 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4904 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4905 break; \
4907 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4908 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4909 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4910 break; \
4912 default: \
4913 abort (); \
4916 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4917 (X) += s->width; \
4920 while (0)
4923 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4924 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4925 face-override with the following meaning:
4927 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4928 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4929 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4930 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4931 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4932 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4934 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4935 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4937 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4939 static int
4940 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, overlaps_p)
4941 struct window *w;
4942 int x;
4943 struct glyph_row *row;
4944 enum glyph_row_area area;
4945 int start, end;
4946 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4947 int overlaps_p;
4949 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4950 struct glyph_string *s;
4951 int last_x, area_width;
4952 int x_reached;
4953 int i, j;
4954 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
4956 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4957 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4958 start = max (0, start);
4959 start = min (end, start);
4961 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4962 end of the drawing area. */
4963 if (row->full_width_p)
4965 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4966 or fringes. */
4967 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4968 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4970 x += window_left_x;
4971 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4972 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4974 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4976 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4977 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4978 last_x += width;
4979 else
4980 x -= width;
4983 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4984 last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4986 else
4988 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
4989 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4990 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4993 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4994 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4995 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4996 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4997 i = start;
4998 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x,
4999 overlaps_p);
5000 if (tail)
5001 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
5002 else
5003 x_reached = x;
5005 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
5006 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
5007 strings built above. */
5008 if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
5010 int dummy_x = 0;
5011 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
5013 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
5014 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
5015 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
5017 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5018 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5019 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5020 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5021 draws over it. */
5022 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
5023 if (i >= 0)
5025 j = i;
5026 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
5027 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5028 overlaps_p);
5029 start = i;
5030 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5031 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5034 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5035 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5036 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5037 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5038 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5039 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5040 strings exist. */
5041 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
5042 if (i >= 0)
5044 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
5045 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5046 overlaps_p);
5047 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5048 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5049 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5050 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5053 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5054 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5055 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5056 over it. */
5057 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
5058 if (i >= 0)
5060 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5061 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5062 overlaps_p);
5063 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5064 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5067 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5068 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5069 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5070 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5071 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5072 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
5073 if (i >= 0)
5075 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5076 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5077 overlaps_p);
5078 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5079 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5080 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5081 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5085 /* Draw all strings. */
5086 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
5087 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
5089 if (area == TEXT_AREA
5090 && !row->full_width_p
5091 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5092 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5093 completely. */
5094 && !overlaps_p)
5096 int x0 = head ? head->x : x;
5097 int x1 = tail ? tail->x + tail->background_width : x;
5099 x0 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x0);
5100 x1 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x1);
5102 if (!row->full_width_p && XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) != 0)
5104 int left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5105 x0 -= left_area_width;
5106 x1 -= left_area_width;
5109 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1,
5110 row->y, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row));
5113 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5114 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5115 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
5116 if (!row->full_width_p)
5118 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5119 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5120 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
5121 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
5124 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc);
5126 return x_reached;
5130 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5132 static void
5133 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area)
5134 struct window *w;
5135 struct glyph_row *row;
5136 enum glyph_row_area area;
5138 int i, x;
5140 BLOCK_INPUT;
5142 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5143 x = 0;
5144 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5145 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5146 else
5147 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5148 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5150 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];)
5152 if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p)
5154 int start = i, start_x = x;
5158 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5159 ++i;
5161 while (i < row->used[area]
5162 && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p);
5164 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i,
5165 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 1);
5167 else
5169 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5170 ++i;
5174 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5178 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5179 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5180 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5181 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5182 row being updated. */
5184 static void
5185 x_write_glyphs (start, len)
5186 struct glyph *start;
5187 int len;
5189 int x, hpos;
5191 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5192 BLOCK_INPUT;
5194 /* Write glyphs. */
5196 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
5197 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
5198 updated_row, updated_area,
5199 hpos, hpos + len,
5200 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5202 /* Invalidate old phys cursor if the glyph at its hpos is redrawn. */
5203 if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA
5204 && updated_window->phys_cursor_on_p
5205 && updated_window->phys_cursor.vpos == output_cursor.vpos
5206 && updated_window->phys_cursor.hpos >= hpos
5207 && updated_window->phys_cursor.hpos < hpos + len)
5208 updated_window->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
5210 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5212 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5213 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5214 output_cursor.x = x;
5218 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5220 static void
5221 x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
5222 struct glyph *start;
5223 register int len;
5225 struct frame *f;
5226 struct window *w;
5227 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
5228 struct glyph_row *row;
5229 struct glyph *glyph;
5230 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos;
5231 HDC hdc;
5233 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5234 BLOCK_INPUT;
5235 w = updated_window;
5236 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5237 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5239 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5240 row = updated_row;
5241 line_height = row->height;
5243 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5244 shift_by_width = 0;
5245 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
5246 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
5248 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5249 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
5250 - output_cursor.x
5251 - shift_by_width);
5253 /* Shift right. */
5254 frame_x = window_box_left (w, updated_area) + output_cursor.x;
5255 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
5256 BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y,
5257 shifted_region_width, line_height,
5258 hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY);
5260 /* Write the glyphs. */
5261 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
5262 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
5263 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5265 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5266 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5267 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
5268 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5270 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5274 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5275 for X frames. */
5277 static void
5278 x_delete_glyphs (n)
5279 register int n;
5281 struct frame *f;
5283 if (updating_frame)
5284 f = updating_frame;
5285 else
5286 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5288 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5289 return;
5291 abort ();
5295 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5296 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5297 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5299 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5300 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5302 static void
5303 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
5304 int to_x;
5306 struct frame *f;
5307 struct window *w = updated_window;
5308 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
5309 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
5311 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5312 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5314 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5316 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5317 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
5318 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
5319 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5321 else
5322 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
5323 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5325 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5326 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5327 if (to_x == 0)
5328 return;
5329 else if (to_x < 0)
5330 to_x = max_x;
5331 else
5332 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
5334 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
5336 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5337 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
5338 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, updated_area,
5339 output_cursor.x, -1,
5340 updated_row->y,
5341 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row));
5343 from_x = output_cursor.x;
5345 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5346 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5348 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
5349 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
5351 else
5353 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
5354 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
5357 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5358 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
5359 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
5361 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5362 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
5364 HDC hdc;
5365 BLOCK_INPUT;
5366 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5368 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y);
5369 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5370 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5375 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5376 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5378 static void
5379 x_clear_frame ()
5381 struct frame *f;
5383 if (updating_frame)
5384 f = updating_frame;
5385 else
5386 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5388 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5389 return;
5391 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5392 longer visible. */
5393 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
5394 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
5395 output_cursor.x = -1;
5397 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5398 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5399 BLOCK_INPUT;
5401 w32_clear_window (f);
5403 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5404 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5405 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
5407 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5411 /* Make audible bell. */
5413 static void
5414 w32_ring_bell (void)
5416 struct frame *f;
5418 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5420 BLOCK_INPUT;
5422 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && visible_bell)
5424 int i;
5425 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5427 for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
5429 FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE);
5430 Sleep (10);
5432 FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE);
5434 else
5435 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5437 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5441 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5442 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5443 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5444 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5446 static void
5447 w32_set_terminal_window (n)
5448 register int n;
5450 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5455 /***********************************************************************
5456 Line Dance
5457 ***********************************************************************/
5459 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5460 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5462 static void
5463 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
5464 int vpos, n;
5466 struct frame *f;
5468 if (updating_frame)
5469 f = updating_frame;
5470 else
5471 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5473 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5474 return;
5476 abort ();
5480 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5482 static void
5483 x_scroll_run (w, run)
5484 struct window *w;
5485 struct run *run;
5487 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5488 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
5489 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5490 HRGN expect_dirty;
5492 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5493 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5494 fringes of W. */
5495 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
5496 width += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5497 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5499 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
5500 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
5501 bottom_y = y + height;
5503 if (to_y < from_y)
5505 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5506 line at the bottom. */
5507 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5508 height = bottom_y - from_y;
5509 else
5510 height = run->height;
5511 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y + height, x + width, bottom_y);
5513 else
5515 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5516 at the bottom. */
5517 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5518 height = bottom_y - to_y;
5519 else
5520 height = run->height;
5521 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y, x + width, to_y);
5524 BLOCK_INPUT;
5526 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5527 updated_window = w;
5528 x_clear_cursor (w);
5531 RECT from;
5532 RECT to;
5533 HRGN dirty = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5534 HRGN combined = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5536 from.left = to.left = x;
5537 from.right = to.right = x + width;
5538 from.top = from_y;
5539 from.bottom = from_y + height;
5540 to.top = y;
5541 to.bottom = bottom_y;
5543 ScrollWindowEx (hwnd, 0, to_y - from_y, &from, &to, dirty,
5544 NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
5546 /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the
5547 case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */
5548 CombineRgn (combined, dirty, expect_dirty, RGN_OR);
5550 /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */
5551 if (!EqualRgn (combined, expect_dirty))
5552 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5555 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5560 /***********************************************************************
5561 Exposure Events
5562 ***********************************************************************/
5564 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5565 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5566 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5567 the entire frame. */
5569 static void
5570 expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
5571 struct frame *f;
5572 int x, y, w, h;
5574 RECT r;
5575 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5577 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
5579 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5580 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5582 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
5583 return;
5586 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5587 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5588 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5589 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
5590 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
5592 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
5593 return;
5596 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
5598 r.left = r.top = 0;
5599 r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
5600 r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
5602 else
5604 r.left = x;
5605 r.top = y;
5606 r.right = x + w;
5607 r.bottom = y + h;
5610 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5611 mouse_face_overwritten_p = expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
5613 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
5614 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5615 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window), &r);
5617 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5618 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5619 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5620 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5621 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5622 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5623 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5624 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5625 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5626 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5627 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
5628 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
5629 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
5630 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5632 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5633 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
5635 int x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x;
5636 int y = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y;
5637 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
5638 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y);
5644 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5645 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5647 static int
5648 expose_window_tree (w, r)
5649 struct window *w;
5650 RECT *r;
5652 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5653 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5655 while (w && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5657 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
5658 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5659 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
5660 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
5661 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5662 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
5663 else
5664 mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (w, r);
5666 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next);
5669 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5673 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5674 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5676 static void
5677 expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5678 struct window *w;
5679 struct glyph_row *row;
5680 RECT *r;
5681 enum glyph_row_area area;
5683 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5684 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5685 struct glyph *last;
5686 int first_x, start_x, x;
5688 if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p)
5689 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5690 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area,
5691 0, row->used[area],
5692 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5693 else
5695 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5696 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5697 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5698 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5699 start_x = 0;
5700 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5701 start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5702 else
5703 start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5704 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5705 x = start_x;
5707 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5708 while (first < end
5709 && x + first->pixel_width < r->left)
5711 x += first->pixel_width;
5712 ++first;
5715 /* Find the last one. */
5716 last = first;
5717 first_x = x;
5718 while (last < end
5719 && x < r->right)
5721 x += last->pixel_width;
5722 ++last;
5725 /* Repaint. */
5726 if (last > first)
5727 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area,
5728 first - row->glyphs[area],
5729 last - row->glyphs[area],
5730 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5735 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5736 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
5737 non-zero if mouse face was overwritten. */
5739 static int
5740 expose_line (w, row, r)
5741 struct window *w;
5742 struct glyph_row *row;
5743 RECT *r;
5745 xassert (row->enabled_p);
5747 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
5748 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
5749 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5750 else
5752 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5753 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5754 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5755 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5756 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5757 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5758 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row);
5761 return row->mouse_face_p;
5765 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5767 static int
5768 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5769 struct window *w;
5770 RECT *r;
5772 RECT cr, result;
5773 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5775 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5776 if (cursor_glyph)
5778 cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x;
5779 cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y;
5780 cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5781 cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height;
5782 return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r);
5784 else
5785 return 0;
5789 /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that
5790 overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts
5791 of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that.
5793 W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first
5794 row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows.
5795 LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */
5797 static void
5798 expose_overlaps (w, first_overlapping_row, last_overlapping_row)
5799 struct window *w;
5800 struct glyph_row *first_overlapping_row;
5801 struct glyph_row *last_overlapping_row;
5803 struct glyph_row *row;
5805 for (row = first_overlapping_row; row <= last_overlapping_row; ++row)
5806 if (row->overlapping_p)
5808 xassert (row->enabled_p && !row->mode_line_p);
5810 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5811 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5813 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5814 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA);
5816 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5817 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5822 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectagle FR. Pixel
5823 coordinates in FR are frame relative. Call this function with
5824 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
5825 mouse-face. */
5827 static int
5828 expose_window (w, fr)
5829 struct window *w;
5830 RECT *fr;
5832 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5833 RECT wr, r;
5834 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5836 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5837 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5838 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5839 created window. */
5840 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
5841 return 0;
5843 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
5844 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
5845 later. */
5846 if (w == updated_window)
5848 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5849 return 0;
5852 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5853 wr.left = XFASTINT (w->left) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5854 wr.top = XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5855 wr.right = wr.left + XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5856 wr.bottom = wr.top + XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5858 if (IntersectRect(&r, fr, &wr))
5860 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5861 struct glyph_row *row;
5862 int cursor_cleared_p;
5863 struct glyph_row *first_overlapping_row, *last_overlapping_row;
5865 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5866 r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5868 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5869 r.left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.left);
5870 r.right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.right);
5871 r.top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.top);
5872 r.bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.bottom);
5874 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5875 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5876 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, &r))
5878 x_clear_cursor (w);
5879 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5881 else
5882 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5884 /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */
5885 first_overlapping_row = last_overlapping_row = NULL;
5886 for (row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5887 row->enabled_p;
5888 ++row)
5890 int y0 = row->y;
5891 int y1 = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row);
5893 if ((y0 >= r.top && y0 < r.bottom)
5894 || (y1 > r.top && y1 < r.bottom)
5895 || (r.top >= y0 && r.top < y1)
5896 || (r.bottom > y0 && r.bottom < y1))
5898 if (row->overlapping_p)
5900 if (first_overlapping_row == NULL)
5901 first_overlapping_row = row;
5902 last_overlapping_row = row;
5905 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5906 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5909 if (y1 >= yb)
5910 break;
5913 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5914 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5915 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5916 row->enabled_p)
5917 && row->y < r.bottom)
5919 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5920 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5923 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
5925 /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */
5926 if (first_overlapping_row)
5927 expose_overlaps (w, first_overlapping_row, last_overlapping_row);
5929 /* Draw border between windows. */
5930 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5932 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5933 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5934 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5938 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5942 static void
5943 frame_highlight (f)
5944 struct frame *f;
5946 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5949 static void
5950 frame_unhighlight (f)
5951 struct frame *f;
5953 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5956 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5957 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5958 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5959 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5960 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5962 static void
5963 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
5964 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5965 struct frame *frame;
5967 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5969 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5971 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5972 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5973 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame;
5975 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
5976 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
5978 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
5979 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5980 else
5981 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
5984 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
5987 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5989 void
5990 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
5991 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5993 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame);
5996 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5997 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5998 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
6000 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
6001 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
6002 the appropriate X display info. */
6004 static void
6005 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
6006 struct frame *frame;
6008 if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame))
6009 return;
6010 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
6013 static void
6014 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
6015 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
6017 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame;
6019 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
6021 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame
6022 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)))
6023 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))
6024 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
6025 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame))
6027 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
6028 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
6031 else
6032 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
6034 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
6036 if (old_highlight)
6037 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
6038 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
6039 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
6043 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
6045 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
6047 char *
6048 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
6049 int keysym;
6051 /* Make static so we can always return it */
6052 static char value[100];
6054 BLOCK_INPUT;
6055 GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100);
6056 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6058 return value;
6063 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
6065 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
6066 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
6067 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
6068 not force the value into range. */
6070 void
6071 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
6072 FRAME_PTR f;
6073 register int pix_x, pix_y;
6074 register int *x, *y;
6075 RECT *bounds;
6076 int noclip;
6078 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
6079 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
6081 *x = pix_x;
6082 *y = pix_y;
6083 return;
6086 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6087 even for negative values. */
6088 if (pix_x < 0)
6089 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6090 if (pix_y < 0)
6091 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6093 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
6094 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
6096 if (bounds)
6098 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
6099 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
6100 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6101 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6104 if (!noclip)
6106 if (pix_x < 0)
6107 pix_x = 0;
6108 else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
6109 pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
6111 if (pix_y < 0)
6112 pix_y = 0;
6113 else if (pix_y > f->height)
6114 pix_y = f->height;
6117 *x = pix_x;
6118 *y = pix_y;
6122 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6123 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6124 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6125 return 0. */
6128 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
6129 struct window *w;
6130 int hpos, vpos;
6131 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
6133 int success_p;
6135 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
6136 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
6138 if (display_completed)
6140 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6141 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6142 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
6144 *frame_y = row->y;
6145 *frame_x = row->x;
6146 while (glyph < end)
6148 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
6149 ++glyph;
6152 success_p = 1;
6154 else
6156 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
6157 success_p = 0;
6160 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
6161 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
6162 return success_p;
6165 /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and
6166 the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse
6167 button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */
6168 BOOL
6169 parse_button (message, xbutton, pbutton, pup)
6170 int message;
6171 int xbutton;
6172 int * pbutton;
6173 int * pup;
6175 int button = 0;
6176 int up = 0;
6178 switch (message)
6180 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
6181 button = 0;
6182 up = 0;
6183 break;
6184 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
6185 button = 0;
6186 up = 1;
6187 break;
6188 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
6189 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6190 button = 1;
6191 else
6192 button = 2;
6193 up = 0;
6194 break;
6195 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
6196 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6197 button = 1;
6198 else
6199 button = 2;
6200 up = 1;
6201 break;
6202 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
6203 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6204 button = 2;
6205 else
6206 button = 1;
6207 up = 0;
6208 break;
6209 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
6210 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6211 button = 2;
6212 else
6213 button = 1;
6214 up = 1;
6215 break;
6216 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
6217 button = xbutton + 2;
6218 up = 0;
6219 break;
6220 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
6221 button = xbutton + 2;
6222 up = 1;
6223 break;
6224 default:
6225 return (FALSE);
6228 if (pup) *pup = up;
6229 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
6231 return (TRUE);
6235 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6237 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6238 the mouse. */
6240 static Lisp_Object
6241 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
6242 struct input_event *result;
6243 W32Msg *msg;
6244 struct frame *f;
6246 int button;
6247 int up;
6249 parse_button (msg->msg.message, HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam),
6250 &button, &up);
6252 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
6253 otherwise. */
6254 result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT;
6255 result->code = button;
6256 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6257 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
6258 | (up
6259 ? up_modifier
6260 : down_modifier));
6262 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6263 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6264 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6265 result->arg = Qnil;
6266 return Qnil;
6269 static Lisp_Object
6270 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f)
6271 struct input_event *result;
6272 W32Msg *msg;
6273 struct frame *f;
6275 POINT p;
6276 result->kind = MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT;
6277 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
6278 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6279 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6280 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6281 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6282 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6283 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6284 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6285 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6286 result->arg = Qnil;
6287 return Qnil;
6290 static Lisp_Object
6291 construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f)
6292 struct input_event *result;
6293 W32Msg *msg;
6294 struct frame *f;
6296 Lisp_Object files;
6297 Lisp_Object frame;
6298 HDROP hdrop;
6299 POINT p;
6300 WORD num_files;
6301 char *name;
6302 int i, len;
6304 result->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT;
6305 result->code = 0;
6306 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6307 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6309 hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam;
6310 DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p);
6312 #if 0
6313 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6314 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6315 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6316 #endif
6318 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6319 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6321 num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0);
6322 files = Qnil;
6324 for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
6326 len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0);
6327 if (len <= 0)
6328 continue;
6329 name = alloca (len + 1);
6330 DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1);
6331 files = Fcons (DECODE_FILE (build_string (name)), files);
6334 DragFinish (hdrop);
6336 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6337 result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files);
6338 result->arg = Qnil;
6339 return Qnil;
6343 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6344 The input handler calls this.
6346 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6347 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6348 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6349 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6351 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event;
6352 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
6354 static void remember_mouse_glyph P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
6356 static void
6357 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
6358 FRAME_PTR frame;
6359 MSG *msg;
6361 int mouse_x = LOWORD (msg->lParam);
6362 int mouse_y = HIWORD (msg->lParam);
6364 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
6365 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event));
6366 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
6368 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame))
6370 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6371 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6372 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
6375 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6376 else if (mouse_x < last_mouse_glyph.left
6377 || mouse_x > last_mouse_glyph.right
6378 || mouse_y < last_mouse_glyph.top
6379 || mouse_y > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
6381 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6382 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6383 note_mouse_highlight (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6384 /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only
6385 gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need
6386 to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at
6387 other times. */
6388 remember_mouse_glyph (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6393 /************************************************************************
6394 Mouse Face
6395 ************************************************************************/
6397 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6398 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6399 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6400 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6401 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6402 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6403 date. */
6405 static struct glyph *
6406 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area, buffer_only_p)
6407 struct window *w;
6408 int x, y;
6409 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
6410 int buffer_only_p;
6412 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6413 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
6414 int x0, i, left_area_width;
6416 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6417 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6419 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6420 if (!row->enabled_p)
6421 return NULL;
6422 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
6423 break;
6426 *vpos = i;
6427 *hpos = 0;
6429 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6430 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
6431 return NULL;
6433 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6434 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6436 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6437 x0 = 0;
6439 else
6441 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
6442 if (x < left_area_width)
6444 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
6445 x0 = 0;
6447 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
6449 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6450 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
6452 else
6454 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
6455 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
6459 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6460 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
6461 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
6462 while (glyph < end)
6464 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6466 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6467 break;
6468 else if (!buffer_only_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object))
6469 break;
6472 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6473 ++glyph;
6476 if (glyph == end)
6477 return NULL;
6479 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
6480 return glyph;
6484 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6485 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6487 static void
6488 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
6489 struct window *w;
6490 int *x, *y;
6492 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6494 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6495 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6496 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6497 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
6498 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6500 else
6502 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
6503 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6508 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line
6509 or marginal area of window W, x-position X and y-position Y. Area
6510 is 1, 3, 6 or 7 for the mode line, header line, left and right
6511 marginal area respectively. X is relative to the start of the text
6512 display area of W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars
6513 must be subtracted to get a position relative to the start of the
6514 mode line. */
6516 static void
6517 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (w, x, y, portion)
6518 struct window *w;
6519 int x, y, portion;
6521 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6522 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6523 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
6524 int charpos;
6525 Lisp_Object string, help, map, pos;
6527 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
6528 string = mode_line_string (w, x, y, portion == 1, &charpos);
6529 else
6530 string = marginal_area_string (w, x, y, portion, &charpos);
6532 if (STRINGP (string))
6534 pos = make_number (charpos);
6536 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, arrange
6537 for the help to be displayed. This is done by setting the
6538 global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6539 help = Fget_text_property (pos, Qhelp_echo, string);
6540 if (!NILP (help))
6542 help_echo = help;
6543 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w);
6544 help_echo_object = string;
6545 help_echo_pos = charpos;
6548 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6549 map = Fget_text_property (pos, Qlocal_map, string);
6550 if (!KEYMAPP (map))
6551 map = Fget_text_property (pos, Qkeymap, string);
6552 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6553 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6556 w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6560 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6561 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6562 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6563 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6565 static void
6566 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
6567 struct frame *f;
6568 int x, y;
6570 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6571 int portion;
6572 Lisp_Object window;
6573 struct window *w;
6574 Cursor cursor = 0;
6575 struct buffer *b;
6577 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6578 if (popup_activated ())
6579 return;
6581 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight)
6582 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6583 return;
6585 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
6586 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
6587 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
6589 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
6590 return;
6592 if (gc_in_progress)
6594 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
6595 return;
6598 /* Which window is that in? */
6599 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
6601 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6602 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
6603 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6605 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6606 if (!WINDOWP (window))
6607 return;
6609 /* Reset help_echo. It will get recomputed below. */
6610 help_echo = Qnil;
6612 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6613 w = XWINDOW (window);
6614 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6616 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6617 buffer. */
6618 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6620 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y);
6621 return;
6624 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6625 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3 || portion == 6 || portion == 7)
6627 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (w, x, y, portion);
6628 return;
6631 if (portion == 2)
6632 cursor = f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor;
6633 else
6634 cursor = f->output_data.w32->text_cursor;
6636 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6637 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6638 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6639 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6640 portion == 0
6641 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
6642 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (b)
6643 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b))
6645 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
6646 struct glyph *glyph;
6647 Lisp_Object object;
6648 Lisp_Object mouse_face = Qnil, overlay = Qnil, position;
6649 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec = NULL;
6650 int len, noverlays;
6651 struct buffer *obuf;
6652 int obegv, ozv, same_region;
6654 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6655 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area, 0);
6657 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6658 if (glyph == NULL
6659 || area != TEXT_AREA
6660 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
6662 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6663 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6664 goto set_cursor;
6667 pos = glyph->charpos;
6668 object = glyph->object;
6669 if (!STRINGP (object) && !BUFFERP (object))
6670 goto set_cursor;
6672 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6673 if (BUFFERP (object) && pos > BUF_Z (b))
6674 goto set_cursor;
6676 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6677 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6678 obuf = current_buffer;
6679 current_buffer = b;
6680 obegv = BEGV;
6681 ozv = ZV;
6682 BEGV = BEG;
6683 ZV = Z;
6685 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6686 position = make_number (pos);
6688 if (BUFFERP (object))
6690 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6691 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6692 enough space for all, and try again. */
6693 len = 10;
6694 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6695 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0);
6696 if (noverlays > len)
6698 len = noverlays;
6699 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6700 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0);
6703 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6704 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
6706 else
6707 noverlays = 0;
6709 same_region = (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6710 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6711 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6712 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6713 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6714 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6715 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6716 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end));
6718 if (same_region)
6719 cursor = 0;
6721 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6722 if (! same_region
6723 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
6724 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
6725 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
6726 highlight that. */
6727 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)
6728 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)))
6730 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
6731 property. */
6732 overlay = Qnil;
6733 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (overlay); --i)
6735 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
6736 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
6737 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6740 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
6741 before, there's no need to do that again. */
6742 if (!NILP (overlay)
6743 && EQ (overlay, dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay))
6744 goto check_help_echo;
6746 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = overlay;
6748 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6749 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo))
6750 cursor = 0;
6752 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6753 if (NILP (overlay))
6754 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, object);
6756 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6757 if (!NILP (overlay))
6759 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6760 should be active. */
6761 Lisp_Object before, after;
6762 int ignore;
6764 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6765 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6766 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6767 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6768 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6769 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6770 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6771 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6773 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6774 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6775 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6776 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6777 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6778 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6779 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6781 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6782 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6783 &ignore, pos + 1,
6784 !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden);
6786 /* Display it as active. */
6787 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6788 cursor = 0;
6790 /* Handle the text property case. */
6791 else if (! NILP (mouse_face) && BUFFERP (object))
6793 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6794 should be active. */
6795 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6796 int ignore;
6798 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6799 end = make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object))
6800 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos));
6801 before
6802 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6803 Qmouse_face,
6804 object, beginning);
6805 after
6806 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6807 object, end);
6809 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6810 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6811 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6812 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6813 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6814 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6815 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6816 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6817 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6818 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6819 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6820 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6821 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6823 if (BUFFERP (object))
6824 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6825 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6826 &ignore, pos + 1,
6827 !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden);
6829 /* Display it as active. */
6830 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6831 cursor = 0;
6833 else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && STRINGP (object))
6835 Lisp_Object b, e;
6836 int ignore;
6838 b = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6839 Qmouse_face,
6840 object, Qnil);
6841 e = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6842 object, Qnil);
6843 if (NILP (b))
6844 b = make_number (0);
6845 if (NILP (e))
6846 e = make_number (SCHARS (object) - 1);
6847 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (b), object,
6848 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6849 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6850 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6851 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, 0);
6852 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (e), object,
6853 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6854 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6855 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6856 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, 1);
6857 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6858 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6859 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6860 = face_at_string_position (w, object, pos, 0, 0, 0, &ignore,
6861 glyph->face_id, 1);
6862 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6863 cursor = 0;
6865 else if (STRINGP (object) && NILP (mouse_face))
6867 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
6868 the text ``under'' it might have. */
6869 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6870 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6872 pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6873 if (pos > 0)
6874 mouse_face = get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos),
6875 Qmouse_face,
6876 w->buffer,
6877 &overlay);
6878 if (!NILP (mouse_face) && !NILP (overlay))
6880 Lisp_Object before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6881 Lisp_Object after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6882 int ignore;
6884 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
6885 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
6886 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
6887 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
6888 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
6889 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6890 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6891 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6892 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6893 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y,
6894 object);
6896 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6897 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6898 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6899 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6900 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6901 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y,
6902 Qnil);
6903 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6904 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6905 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6906 &ignore, pos + 1,
6907 !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden);
6909 /* Display it as active. */
6910 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6911 cursor = 0;
6916 check_help_echo:
6918 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6920 Lisp_Object help, overlay;
6922 /* Check overlays first. */
6923 help = overlay = Qnil;
6924 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i)
6926 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6927 help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo);
6930 if (!NILP (help))
6932 help_echo = help;
6933 help_echo_window = window;
6934 help_echo_object = overlay;
6935 help_echo_pos = pos;
6937 else
6939 Lisp_Object object = glyph->object;
6940 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
6942 /* Try text properties. */
6943 if (STRINGP (object)
6944 && charpos >= 0
6945 && charpos < SCHARS (object))
6947 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
6948 Qhelp_echo, object);
6949 if (NILP (help))
6951 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
6952 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
6953 struct glyph_row *r
6954 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6955 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6956 int pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6957 if (pos > 0)
6959 help = Fget_char_property (make_number (pos),
6960 Qhelp_echo, w->buffer);
6961 if (!NILP (help))
6963 charpos = pos;
6964 object = w->buffer;
6969 else if (BUFFERP (object)
6970 && charpos >= BEGV
6971 && charpos < ZV)
6972 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo,
6973 object);
6975 if (!NILP (help))
6977 help_echo = help;
6978 help_echo_window = window;
6979 help_echo_object = object;
6980 help_echo_pos = charpos;
6985 BEGV = obegv;
6986 ZV = ozv;
6987 current_buffer = obuf;
6990 set_cursor:
6991 if (cursor)
6992 w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6995 static void
6996 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6998 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
6999 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
7000 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
7001 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam),
7002 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam));
7005 void
7006 w32_define_cursor (window, cursor)
7007 Window window;
7008 Cursor cursor;
7010 PostMessage (window, WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR, (WPARAM) cursor, 0);
7014 /***********************************************************************
7015 Tool-bars
7016 ***********************************************************************/
7018 static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
7019 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
7021 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
7022 or -1. */
7024 static int last_tool_bar_item;
7027 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
7028 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
7029 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
7030 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7031 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7033 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7034 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7035 1 otherwise. */
7037 static int
7038 x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
7039 struct frame *f;
7040 int x, y;
7041 struct glyph **glyph;
7042 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
7044 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7045 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7046 int area;
7048 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7049 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area, 0);
7050 if (*glyph == NULL)
7051 return -1;
7053 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7054 f->tool_bar_items. */
7055 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
7056 return -1;
7058 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7059 if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
7060 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7061 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7062 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7063 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
7064 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7065 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
7066 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
7067 return 0;
7069 return 1;
7073 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7074 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
7075 or ButtonRelase. */
7077 static void
7078 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
7079 struct frame *f;
7080 struct input_event *button_event;
7082 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7083 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7084 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
7085 struct glyph *glyph;
7086 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7087 int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x);
7088 int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y);
7090 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7091 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7092 if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
7093 return;
7095 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7096 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7097 if (NILP (enabled_p))
7098 return;
7100 if (button_event->modifiers & down_modifier)
7102 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7103 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
7104 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
7105 last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx;
7107 else
7109 Lisp_Object key, frame;
7110 struct input_event event;
7112 /* Show item in released state. */
7113 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
7114 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7116 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY);
7118 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7119 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7120 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7121 event.arg = frame;
7122 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7124 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7125 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7126 event.arg = key;
7127 /* The keyboard buffer doesn't like the up modifier being set. */
7128 event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers & ~up_modifier;
7129 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7130 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
7135 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7136 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7137 note_mouse_highlight. */
7139 static void
7140 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y)
7141 struct frame *f;
7142 int x, y;
7144 Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window;
7145 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7146 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7147 int hpos, vpos;
7148 struct glyph *glyph;
7149 struct glyph_row *row;
7150 int i;
7151 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7152 int prop_idx;
7153 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7154 int mouse_down_p, rc;
7156 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7157 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7158 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
7160 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7161 return;
7164 rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
7165 if (rc < 0)
7167 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7168 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7169 return;
7171 else if (rc == 0)
7172 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
7173 goto set_help_echo;
7175 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7177 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7178 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
7179 && f == last_mouse_frame
7180 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
7181 if (mouse_down_p
7182 && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx)
7183 return;
7185 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
7186 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7188 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7189 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7190 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
7192 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7193 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7194 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
7195 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
7196 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
7198 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7199 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
7200 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
7201 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
7202 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
7203 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
7205 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
7206 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
7207 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
7208 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
7209 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
7210 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID;
7212 /* Display it as active. */
7213 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
7214 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
7217 set_help_echo:
7219 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
7220 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
7221 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
7222 help_echo_pos = -1;
7223 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP);
7224 if (NILP (help_echo))
7225 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION);
7230 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7231 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7232 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7233 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7234 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7235 having STOP as object. */
7237 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7238 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7239 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7240 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7241 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7243 static int
7244 fast_find_position (w, charpos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7245 struct window *w;
7246 int charpos;
7247 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7248 Lisp_Object stop;
7250 struct glyph_row *row, *first;
7251 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
7252 int i, past_end = 0;
7254 first = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7255 row = row_containing_pos (w, charpos, first, NULL, 0);
7256 if (row == NULL)
7258 if (charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first))
7260 *x = *y = *hpos = *vpos = 0;
7261 return 0;
7263 else
7265 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
7266 past_end = 1;
7270 *x = row->x;
7271 *y = row->y;
7272 *vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7274 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7275 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7277 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7278 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7279 frames. */
7280 if (row->displays_text_p)
7281 while (glyph < end
7282 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7283 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7284 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7286 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7287 ++glyph;
7290 while (glyph < end
7291 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7292 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7293 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7294 || glyph->charpos < charpos))
7296 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7297 ++glyph;
7300 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7301 return past_end;
7304 #else /* not 0 */
7306 static int
7307 fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7308 struct window *w;
7309 int pos;
7310 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7311 Lisp_Object stop;
7313 int i;
7314 int lastcol;
7315 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
7316 int line_start_position;
7317 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7318 struct glyph_row *row, *best_row;
7319 int row_vpos, best_row_vpos;
7320 int current_x;
7322 row = best_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7323 row_vpos = best_row_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7325 while (row->y < yb)
7327 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
7328 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
7329 else
7330 line_start_position = 0;
7332 if (line_start_position > pos)
7333 break;
7334 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7335 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7336 else if (line_start_position == pos
7337 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7339 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
7340 break;
7342 else if (line_start_position > 0)
7344 best_row = row;
7345 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
7348 if (row->y + row->height >= yb)
7349 break;
7351 ++row;
7352 ++row_vpos;
7355 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7356 lastcol = 0;
7357 current_x = best_row->x;
7358 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
7360 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
7361 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
7363 if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
7365 if (charpos == pos)
7367 *hpos = i;
7368 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7369 *x = current_x;
7370 *y = best_row->y;
7371 return 1;
7373 else if (charpos > pos)
7374 break;
7376 else if (EQ (glyph->object, stop))
7377 break;
7379 if (charpos > 0)
7380 lastcol = i;
7381 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
7384 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7385 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7386 use the start of the following line. */
7387 if (maybe_next_line_p)
7389 ++best_row;
7390 ++best_row_vpos;
7391 lastcol = 0;
7392 current_x = best_row->x;
7395 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7396 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
7397 *x = current_x;
7398 *y = best_row->y;
7399 return 0;
7402 #endif /* not 0 */
7405 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7406 window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel
7407 coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7409 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7410 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7412 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7413 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7414 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7415 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7416 next larger position in OBJECT.
7418 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7420 static int
7421 fast_find_string_pos (w, pos, object, hpos, vpos, x, y, right_p)
7422 struct window *w;
7423 int pos;
7424 Lisp_Object object;
7425 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7426 int right_p;
7428 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7429 struct glyph_row *r;
7430 struct glyph *best_glyph = NULL;
7431 struct glyph_row *best_row = NULL;
7432 int best_x = 0;
7434 for (r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7435 r->enabled_p && r->y < yb;
7436 ++r)
7438 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7439 struct glyph *e = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7440 int gx;
7442 for (gx = r->x; g < e; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7443 if (EQ (g->object, object))
7445 if (g->charpos == pos)
7447 best_glyph = g;
7448 best_x = gx;
7449 best_row = r;
7450 goto found;
7452 else if (best_glyph == NULL
7453 || ((abs (g->charpos - pos)
7454 < abs (best_glyph->charpos - pos))
7455 && (right_p
7456 ? g->charpos < pos
7457 : g->charpos > pos)))
7459 best_glyph = g;
7460 best_x = gx;
7461 best_row = r;
7466 found:
7468 if (best_glyph)
7470 *x = best_x;
7471 *hpos = best_glyph - best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7473 if (right_p)
7475 *x += best_glyph->pixel_width;
7476 ++*hpos;
7479 *y = best_row->y;
7480 *vpos = best_row - w->current_matrix->rows;
7483 return best_glyph != NULL;
7487 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7488 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7490 static void
7491 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
7492 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7493 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
7495 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
7496 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7498 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7499 to do anything. */
7500 w->current_matrix != NULL
7501 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7502 && (draw != DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
7503 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7504 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7505 && dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row < w->current_matrix->nrows)
7507 int phys_cursor_on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
7508 struct glyph_row *row, *first, *last;
7510 first = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row);
7511 last = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row);
7513 for (row = first; row <= last && row->enabled_p; ++row)
7515 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
7517 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7518 if (row == first)
7520 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
7521 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
7523 else
7525 start_hpos = 0;
7526 start_x = 0;
7529 if (row == last)
7530 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
7531 else
7532 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7534 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
7536 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA,
7537 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, 0);
7539 row->mouse_face_p
7540 = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || draw == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7544 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
7545 be displayed again. */
7546 if (phys_cursor_on_p && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
7547 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
7548 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos,
7549 w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y);
7552 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7553 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
7554 w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7555 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
7556 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
7557 w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7558 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
7559 else
7560 w32_define_cursor (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7561 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
7565 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7566 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7568 static int
7569 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
7570 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7572 int cleared = 0;
7574 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7576 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
7577 cleared = 1;
7580 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7581 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7582 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7583 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
7584 return cleared;
7588 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7589 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7590 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7592 static void
7593 x_clear_mouse_face (w)
7594 struct window *w;
7596 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
7597 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
7598 Lisp_Object window;
7600 BLOCK_INPUT;
7601 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
7602 if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7603 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7604 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7608 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7609 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7611 void
7612 cancel_mouse_face (f)
7613 FRAME_PTR f;
7615 Lisp_Object window;
7616 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7618 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
7619 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
7621 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7622 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7623 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7627 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7628 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7629 static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *));
7630 static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *));
7631 static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, RECT *));
7634 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7635 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7636 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7637 values. */
7639 static int
7640 glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect)
7641 struct frame *f;
7642 int x, y;
7643 RECT *rect;
7645 Lisp_Object window;
7646 int part;
7648 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &part, 0);
7649 if (!NILP (window))
7651 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7652 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7653 struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1;
7655 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7657 for (; r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r)
7658 if (r->y <= y && r->y + r->height > y)
7660 /* Found the row at y. */
7661 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7662 struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7663 int gx;
7665 rect->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
7666 rect->bottom = rect->top + r->height;
7668 if (x < r->x)
7670 /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */
7671 rect->left = XINT (w->left);
7672 rect->right = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
7673 return 1;
7676 for (gx = r->x; g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7677 if (gx <= x && gx + g->pixel_width > x)
7679 /* x is on a glyph. */
7680 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7681 rect->right = rect->left + g->pixel_width;
7682 return 1;
7685 /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */
7686 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7687 rect->right = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width);
7688 return 1;
7692 /* The y is not on any row. */
7693 return 0;
7696 /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */
7697 static void
7698 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, gx, gy)
7699 struct frame * f1;
7700 int gx, gy;
7702 if (!glyph_rect (f1, gx, gy, &last_mouse_glyph))
7704 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
7705 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
7707 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7708 round down even for negative values. */
7709 if (gx < 0)
7710 gx -= width - 1;
7711 if (gy < 0)
7712 gy -= height - 1;
7713 #if 0
7714 /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems
7715 to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one
7716 the mouse is over. */
7717 gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width;
7718 gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height;
7719 #else
7720 gx = gx / width * width;
7721 gy = gy / height * height;
7722 #endif
7724 last_mouse_glyph.left = gx;
7725 last_mouse_glyph.top = gy;
7726 last_mouse_glyph.right = gx + width;
7727 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = gy + height;
7731 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7732 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7734 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7735 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7736 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7737 position on the scroll bar.
7739 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7740 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7741 the mouse is over.
7743 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7744 was at this position.
7746 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7748 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7749 movement. */
7751 static void
7752 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7753 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7754 int insist;
7755 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7756 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7757 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7758 unsigned long *time;
7760 FRAME_PTR f1;
7762 BLOCK_INPUT;
7764 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
7765 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
7766 else
7768 POINT pt;
7770 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7772 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7773 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7774 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
7776 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7778 GetCursorPos (&pt);
7780 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7781 containing the pointer. */
7783 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
7784 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
7786 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7787 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7788 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
7790 else
7792 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7793 f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp),
7794 WindowFromPoint (pt));
7797 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7798 if (! f1)
7800 struct scroll_bar *bar
7801 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt));
7803 if (bar)
7805 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7809 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
7810 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7812 if (f1)
7814 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7815 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7816 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7817 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7818 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7819 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7820 the frame are divided into. */
7822 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7823 int ignore1, ignore2;
7825 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7827 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
7828 &last_mouse_glyph,
7829 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
7830 || insist);
7831 #else
7832 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7833 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, pt.x, pt.y);
7834 #endif
7836 *bar_window = Qnil;
7837 *part = 0;
7838 *fp = f1;
7839 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
7840 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
7841 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7846 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7850 /* Scroll bar support. */
7852 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7853 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7854 bits. */
7856 static struct scroll_bar *
7857 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
7858 Window window_id;
7860 Lisp_Object tail;
7862 for (tail = Vframe_list;
7863 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
7864 tail = XCDR (tail))
7866 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
7868 frame = XCAR (tail);
7869 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7870 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
7871 abort ();
7873 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7874 right window ID. */
7875 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7876 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7877 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7878 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7879 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
7880 condemned = Qnil,
7881 ! GC_NILP (bar));
7882 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7883 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
7884 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7887 return 0;
7892 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7893 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7895 static void
7896 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7897 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7898 int portion, position, whole;
7900 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7901 double range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7902 int sb_page, sb_pos;
7903 BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE;
7905 if (whole)
7907 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7908 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7909 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7910 if (position + portion >= whole)
7912 sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole
7913 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7914 sb_pos = range;
7917 sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7918 sb_pos = position * range / whole;
7920 else
7922 sb_page = range;
7923 sb_pos = 0;
7926 BLOCK_INPUT;
7928 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7930 SCROLLINFO si;
7932 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7933 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7934 flicker effects. */
7935 if (draggingp)
7936 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
7937 else
7938 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7939 si.nPage = sb_page;
7940 si.nPos = sb_pos;
7942 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp);
7944 else
7945 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp);
7947 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7951 /************************************************************************
7952 Scroll bars, general
7953 ************************************************************************/
7955 HWND
7956 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
7957 struct frame * f;
7958 struct scroll_bar * bar;
7960 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7961 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
7962 (LPARAM) bar);
7965 /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/
7967 BOOL
7968 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how)
7970 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7971 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW,
7972 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how);
7973 #else
7974 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how);
7975 #endif
7978 void
7979 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
7980 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags)
7982 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7983 WINDOWPOS pos;
7984 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter;
7985 pos.x = x;
7986 pos.y = y;
7987 pos.cx = cx;
7988 pos.cy = cy;
7989 pos.flags = flags;
7990 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
7991 #else
7992 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
7993 #endif
7996 void
7997 my_set_focus (f, hwnd)
7998 struct frame * f;
7999 HWND hwnd;
8001 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS,
8002 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
8005 void
8006 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd)
8007 HWND hwnd;
8009 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
8012 void
8013 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
8014 struct frame * f;
8015 HWND hwnd;
8017 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
8018 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
8021 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
8022 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
8023 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
8024 scroll bar. */
8026 static struct scroll_bar *
8027 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
8028 struct window *w;
8029 int top, left, width, height;
8031 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8032 HWND hwnd;
8033 struct scroll_bar *bar
8034 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
8036 BLOCK_INPUT;
8038 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
8039 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8040 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
8041 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
8042 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8043 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
8044 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
8045 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8047 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
8049 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
8051 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8053 SCROLLINFO si;
8055 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8056 si.fMask = SIF_ALL;
8057 si.nMin = 0;
8058 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8059 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8060 si.nPage = si.nMax;
8061 si.nPos = 0;
8063 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8065 else
8067 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8068 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8069 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE);
8072 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
8074 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
8075 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8076 bar->prev = Qnil;
8077 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8078 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8079 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8081 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8083 return bar;
8087 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8088 nil. */
8090 static void
8091 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
8092 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8094 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8096 BLOCK_INPUT;
8098 /* Destroy the window. */
8099 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar));
8101 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8102 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8104 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8107 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8108 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8109 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8110 create one. */
8111 static void
8112 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
8113 struct window *w;
8114 int portion, whole, position;
8116 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8117 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8118 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
8119 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
8121 /* Get window dimensions. */
8122 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
8123 top = window_y;
8124 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8125 height = window_height;
8127 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
8128 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8129 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
8130 else
8131 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
8132 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8133 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
8135 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
8136 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
8137 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
8138 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
8139 else
8140 sb_width = width;
8142 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
8143 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8144 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
8145 else
8146 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
8148 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
8149 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
8151 HDC hdc;
8152 BLOCK_INPUT;
8153 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
8155 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8156 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height);
8157 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8159 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8161 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
8163 else
8165 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
8166 HWND hwnd;
8168 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
8169 hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8171 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
8172 if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
8173 && XINT (bar->top) == top
8174 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
8175 && XINT (bar->height) == height )
8177 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
8178 if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL))
8179 InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
8181 else
8183 HDC hdc;
8184 BLOCK_INPUT;
8185 if (width && height)
8187 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8188 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
8189 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
8190 w32_clear_area (f, hdc,
8191 left,
8192 top,
8193 width,
8194 height);
8195 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8197 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
8198 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
8199 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE);
8200 MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
8201 top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
8202 max (height, 1), TRUE);
8203 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8205 SCROLLINFO si;
8207 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8208 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
8209 si.nMin = 0;
8210 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8211 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8213 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8215 else
8216 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8217 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8218 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL);
8219 /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */
8221 /* Remember new settings. */
8222 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
8223 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8224 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
8225 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8227 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8230 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
8232 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
8236 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
8237 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
8238 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
8239 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
8240 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
8241 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
8242 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
8244 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
8245 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
8246 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
8248 static void
8249 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
8250 FRAME_PTR frame;
8252 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
8253 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8255 Lisp_Object bar;
8256 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8257 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
8258 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8259 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
8260 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8261 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
8262 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
8267 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
8268 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
8270 static void
8271 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
8272 struct window *window;
8274 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8275 struct frame *f;
8277 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
8278 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8279 abort ();
8281 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
8283 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
8284 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
8285 if (NILP (bar->prev))
8287 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
8288 the lists. */
8289 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8290 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
8291 return;
8292 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
8293 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8294 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
8295 else
8296 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
8297 one or the other! */
8298 abort ();
8300 else
8301 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
8303 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8304 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
8306 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8307 bar->prev = Qnil;
8308 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8309 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8310 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8313 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
8314 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
8316 static void
8317 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
8318 FRAME_PTR f;
8320 Lisp_Object bar, next;
8322 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8324 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
8325 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
8326 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
8328 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
8330 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
8332 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
8334 next = b->next;
8335 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
8338 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
8339 and they should get garbage-collected. */
8342 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
8343 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
8345 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8346 mark bits. */
8348 static int
8349 w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
8350 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8351 W32Msg *msg;
8352 struct input_event *emacs_event;
8354 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
8355 abort ();
8357 emacs_event->kind = W32_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
8358 emacs_event->code = 0;
8359 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
8360 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
8361 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
8362 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
8363 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
8366 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8367 int y;
8368 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging);
8370 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8372 SCROLLINFO si;
8374 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8375 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8377 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si);
8378 y = si.nPos;
8380 else
8381 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
8383 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8386 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam;
8388 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
8390 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8391 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
8392 break;
8393 case SB_LINEUP:
8394 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
8395 break;
8396 case SB_PAGEUP:
8397 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
8398 break;
8399 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
8400 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
8401 break;
8402 case SB_TOP:
8403 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8404 y = 0;
8405 break;
8406 case SB_BOTTOM:
8407 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8408 y = top_range;
8409 break;
8410 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8411 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8412 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8413 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
8414 bar->dragging = Qt;
8415 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8417 /* "Silently" update current position. */
8418 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8420 SCROLLINFO si;
8422 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8423 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8424 si.nPos = y;
8425 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
8426 position, so don't set that directly. */
8427 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y;
8429 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8431 else
8432 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE);
8433 break;
8434 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
8435 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
8436 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
8437 nothing. */
8438 if (dragging)
8440 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8442 SCROLLINFO si;
8443 int start = XINT (bar->start);
8444 int end = XINT (bar->end);
8446 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8447 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
8448 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8449 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
8450 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
8452 else
8453 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
8455 /* fall through */
8456 default:
8457 emacs_event->kind = NO_EVENT;
8458 return FALSE;
8461 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
8462 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
8464 return TRUE;
8468 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
8469 on the scroll bar. */
8471 static void
8472 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
8473 FRAME_PTR *fp;
8474 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
8475 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
8476 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
8477 unsigned long *time;
8479 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
8480 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8481 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8482 int pos;
8483 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8485 BLOCK_INPUT;
8487 *fp = f;
8488 *bar_window = bar->window;
8490 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8492 SCROLLINFO si;
8494 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8495 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE;
8497 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si);
8498 pos = si.nPos;
8499 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1;
8501 else
8502 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
8504 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
8506 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8507 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8508 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8509 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8510 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
8511 break;
8512 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8513 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8514 pos++;
8515 break;
8516 default:
8517 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8518 break;
8521 XSETINT (*x, pos);
8522 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
8524 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8525 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8527 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
8529 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8533 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
8534 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
8535 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
8536 redraw them. */
8538 void
8539 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
8540 FRAME_PTR f;
8542 Lisp_Object bar;
8544 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
8545 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
8546 But in that case we should not clear them. */
8547 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8548 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
8549 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
8551 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
8552 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
8553 RECT rect;
8555 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
8556 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
8557 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE);
8559 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
8560 select_palette (f, hdc);
8561 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
8562 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
8564 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
8569 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
8571 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8572 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8574 static int temp_index;
8575 static short temp_buffer[100];
8578 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
8579 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8580 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8582 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8583 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8584 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8585 thus pretending to be `read'.
8587 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
8589 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
8590 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
8591 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
8592 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
8593 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
8594 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
8595 recursively with different messages by the system.
8599 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
8600 register int sd;
8601 /* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
8602 /* register */ int numchars;
8603 int expected;
8605 int count = 0;
8606 int check_visibility = 0;
8607 W32Msg msg;
8608 struct frame *f;
8609 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
8611 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
8613 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
8614 return -1;
8617 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
8618 BLOCK_INPUT;
8620 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8621 input_signal_count++;
8623 if (numchars <= 0)
8624 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8626 /* TODO: tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8627 cursors. */
8628 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
8630 switch (msg.msg.message)
8632 case WM_PAINT:
8633 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8635 if (f)
8637 if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left ||
8638 msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top)
8640 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8641 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8642 DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f,
8643 SDATA (f->name)));
8645 else if (f->async_visible != 1)
8647 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8648 f->async_visible = 1;
8649 f->async_iconified = 0;
8650 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8651 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f,
8652 SDATA (f->name)));
8654 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8655 visibility changes properly. */
8656 if (f->iconified)
8658 bufp->kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT;
8659 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8660 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8661 bufp++;
8662 count++;
8663 numchars--;
8665 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8666 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8667 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8668 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8669 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8671 else
8673 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8675 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8676 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect);
8677 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8678 expose_frame (f,
8679 msg.rect.left,
8680 msg.rect.top,
8681 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left,
8682 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top);
8685 break;
8687 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
8688 /* Generate a language change event. */
8689 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8691 if (f)
8693 if (numchars == 0)
8694 abort ();
8696 bufp->kind = LANGUAGE_CHANGE_EVENT;
8697 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8698 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8699 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8700 bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff;
8701 bufp++;
8702 count++;
8703 numchars--;
8705 break;
8707 case WM_KEYDOWN:
8708 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
8709 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8711 if (f && !f->iconified)
8713 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8715 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8716 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8719 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8720 temp_index = 0;
8721 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8722 bufp->kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
8723 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8724 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8725 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8726 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8727 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8728 bufp++;
8729 numchars--;
8730 count++;
8732 break;
8734 case WM_SYSCHAR:
8735 case WM_CHAR:
8736 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8738 if (f && !f->iconified)
8740 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8742 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8743 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8746 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8747 temp_index = 0;
8748 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8749 bufp->kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
8750 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8751 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8752 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8753 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8754 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8755 bufp++;
8756 numchars--;
8757 count++;
8759 break;
8761 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
8762 /* Ignore non-movement. */
8764 int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8765 int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8766 if (x == last_mousemove_x && y == last_mousemove_y)
8767 break;
8768 last_mousemove_x = x;
8769 last_mousemove_y = y;
8772 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
8774 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8775 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8776 f = last_mouse_frame;
8777 else
8778 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8780 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
8782 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
8783 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8786 if (f)
8788 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
8789 if (mouse_autoselect_window)
8791 Lisp_Object window;
8792 int area;
8793 int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8794 int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8796 window = window_from_coordinates (f,
8797 x, y,
8798 &area, 0);
8800 /* Window will be selected only when it is not
8801 selected now and last mouse movement event was
8802 not in it. Minibuffer window will be selected
8803 iff it is active. */
8804 if (WINDOWP(window)
8805 && !EQ (window, last_window)
8806 && !EQ (window, selected_window)
8807 && numchars > 0)
8809 bufp->kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT;
8810 bufp->frame_or_window = window;
8811 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8812 ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
8815 last_window=window;
8817 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
8819 else
8821 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8822 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8823 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8826 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8827 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8828 if (help_echo != previous_help_echo ||
8829 (!NILP (help_echo) && !STRINGP (help_echo) && f->mouse_moved))
8831 Lisp_Object frame;
8832 int n;
8834 if (help_echo == Qnil)
8836 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
8837 help_echo_pos = -1;
8840 if (f)
8841 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8842 else
8843 frame = Qnil;
8845 any_help_event_p = 1;
8846 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame,
8847 help_echo_window, help_echo_object,
8848 help_echo_pos);
8849 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
8851 break;
8853 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
8854 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
8855 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
8856 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
8857 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
8858 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
8859 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
8860 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
8862 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8863 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8864 struct input_event emacs_event;
8865 int tool_bar_p = 0;
8866 int button;
8867 int up;
8869 emacs_event.kind = NO_EVENT;
8871 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8872 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8873 f = last_mouse_frame;
8874 else
8875 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8877 if (f)
8879 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f);
8881 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8882 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8883 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height))
8885 Lisp_Object window;
8886 int p, x, y;
8888 x = XFASTINT (emacs_event.x);
8889 y = XFASTINT (emacs_event.y);
8891 /* Set x and y. */
8892 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1);
8894 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
8896 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event);
8897 tool_bar_p = 1;
8901 if (!tool_bar_p)
8902 if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8903 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8904 && (numchars >= 1))
8906 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
8907 bufp++;
8908 count++;
8909 numchars--;
8913 parse_button (msg.msg.message, HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam),
8914 &button, &up);
8916 if (up)
8918 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
8920 else
8922 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
8923 last_mouse_frame = f;
8924 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8925 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8926 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8927 the ButtonPress. */
8928 if (f != 0)
8929 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8931 if (!tool_bar_p)
8932 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8934 break;
8937 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
8938 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8939 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8940 f = last_mouse_frame;
8941 else
8942 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8944 if (f)
8946 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8947 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8948 && (numchars >= 1))
8950 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8951 bufp++;
8952 count++;
8953 numchars--;
8956 break;
8958 case WM_DROPFILES:
8959 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8961 if (f)
8963 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f);
8964 bufp++;
8965 count++;
8966 numchars--;
8968 break;
8970 case WM_VSCROLL:
8972 struct scroll_bar *bar =
8973 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
8975 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
8977 if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
8979 bufp++;
8980 count++;
8981 numchars--;
8984 break;
8987 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
8988 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8989 if (f)
8991 x_check_fullscreen_move(f);
8992 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT)
8993 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &=
8994 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH);
8996 check_visibility = 1;
8997 break;
8999 case WM_ACTIVATE:
9000 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
9001 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9002 if (f)
9003 x_check_fullscreen (f);
9004 check_visibility = 1;
9005 break;
9007 case WM_MOVE:
9008 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9010 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
9012 int x, y;
9014 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
9015 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
9016 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
9019 check_visibility = 1;
9020 break;
9022 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
9023 /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means
9024 about to be hidden. */
9025 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
9026 if (!msg.msg.wParam && msg.msg.hwnd == tip_window)
9028 tip_window = NULL;
9029 redo_mouse_highlight ();
9032 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
9033 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
9034 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
9035 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
9036 #if 0
9037 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0)
9038 check_visibility = 1;
9039 else
9041 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9042 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam;
9044 #endif
9046 check_visibility = 1;
9047 break;
9049 case WM_SIZE:
9050 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9052 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
9053 if (f)
9055 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
9057 case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
9058 f->async_visible = 0;
9059 f->async_iconified = 1;
9061 bufp->kind = ICONIFY_EVENT;
9062 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9063 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9064 bufp++;
9065 count++;
9066 numchars--;
9067 break;
9069 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
9070 case SIZE_RESTORED:
9071 f->async_visible = 1;
9072 f->async_iconified = 0;
9074 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
9075 the frame's display structures. */
9076 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9078 if (f->iconified)
9080 int x, y;
9082 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
9083 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
9084 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
9085 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
9086 as the co-ords. */
9087 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
9088 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
9089 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
9091 bufp->kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT;
9092 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9093 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9094 bufp++;
9095 count++;
9096 numchars--;
9098 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
9099 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
9100 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
9101 to update the frame titles
9102 in case this is the second frame. */
9103 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9104 break;
9108 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
9110 RECT rect;
9111 int rows;
9112 int columns;
9113 int width;
9114 int height;
9116 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
9118 height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
9119 width = rect.right - rect.left;
9121 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
9122 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
9124 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
9126 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
9127 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
9128 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
9130 if (columns != f->width
9131 || rows != f->height
9132 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width
9133 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height)
9135 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
9136 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9137 cancel_mouse_face (f);
9138 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width;
9139 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height;
9140 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9144 check_visibility = 1;
9145 break;
9147 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
9148 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9149 if (f)
9151 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9153 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9154 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9155 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9156 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9159 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9160 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9161 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9162 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9163 if (any_help_event_p)
9165 Lisp_Object frame;
9166 int n;
9168 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9169 help_echo = Qnil;
9170 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9171 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9172 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
9175 break;
9177 case WM_SETFOCUS:
9178 /* TODO: Port this change:
9179 2002-06-28 Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
9180 * xterm.h (struct x_output): Add focus_state.
9181 * xterm.c (x_focus_changed): New function.
9182 (x_detect_focus_change): New function.
9183 (XTread_socket): Call x_detect_focus_change for FocusIn/FocusOut
9184 EnterNotify and LeaveNotify to track X focus changes.
9186 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9188 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f;
9190 if (f)
9191 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
9194 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9195 check_visibility = 1;
9196 break;
9198 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
9199 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
9200 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9202 if (f)
9204 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
9205 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
9207 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9208 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
9210 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9212 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9213 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9214 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9215 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9218 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9219 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9220 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9221 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9222 if (any_help_event_p)
9224 Lisp_Object frame;
9225 int n;
9227 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9228 help_echo = Qnil;
9229 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9230 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9231 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n;
9235 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9236 check_visibility = 1;
9237 break;
9239 case WM_CLOSE:
9240 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9242 if (f)
9244 if (numchars == 0)
9245 abort ();
9247 bufp->kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT;
9248 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9249 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9250 bufp++;
9251 count++;
9252 numchars--;
9254 break;
9256 case WM_INITMENU:
9257 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9259 if (f)
9261 if (numchars == 0)
9262 abort ();
9264 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT;
9265 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9266 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9267 bufp++;
9268 count++;
9269 numchars--;
9271 break;
9273 case WM_COMMAND:
9274 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9276 if (f)
9278 extern void menubar_selection_callback
9279 (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data);
9280 menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam);
9283 check_visibility = 1;
9284 break;
9286 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
9287 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9289 if (f)
9291 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9292 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9293 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam;
9294 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width,
9295 dpyinfo->height));
9298 check_visibility = 1;
9299 break;
9301 default:
9302 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
9303 if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel)
9305 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
9306 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
9307 f = last_mouse_frame;
9308 else
9309 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9311 if (f)
9313 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
9314 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9315 && (numchars >= 1))
9317 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
9318 bufp++;
9319 count++;
9320 numchars--;
9324 break;
9328 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
9329 raise it now. */
9330 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
9331 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
9333 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
9334 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
9337 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
9338 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
9339 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
9340 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
9341 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
9342 if (count > 0 || check_visibility)
9344 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9346 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9348 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame);
9349 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the
9350 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
9351 if (EQ (frame, tip_frame))
9352 continue;
9354 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
9355 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
9356 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
9357 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible)
9359 RECT clipbox;
9360 HDC hdc;
9362 enter_crit ();
9363 /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area
9364 (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC).
9365 Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as
9366 part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think
9367 the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still
9368 visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */
9369 hdc = GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9370 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox);
9371 ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
9372 leave_crit ();
9374 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left
9375 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top)
9377 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
9378 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
9379 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
9380 will skip it). */
9381 f->async_visible = 2;
9383 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9385 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f,
9386 SDATA (f->name)));
9389 else
9391 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
9392 f->async_visible = 1;
9394 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9396 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9397 DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f,
9398 SDATA (f->name)));
9400 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
9401 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9408 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9409 return count;
9415 /***********************************************************************
9416 Text Cursor
9417 ***********************************************************************/
9419 /* Notice when the text cursor of window W has been completely
9420 overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs glyphs in AREA
9421 starting at X0 and ending at X1 in the line starting at Y0 and
9422 ending at Y1. X coordinates are area-relative. X1 < 0 means all
9423 the rest of the line after X0 has been written. Y coordinates
9424 are window-relative. */
9426 static void
9427 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1, y0, y1)
9428 struct window *w;
9429 enum glyph_row_area area;
9430 int x0, x1, y0, y1;
9432 if (area == TEXT_AREA && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9434 int cx0 = w->phys_cursor.x;
9435 int cx1 = cx0 + w->phys_cursor_width;
9436 int cy0 = w->phys_cursor.y;
9437 int cy1 = cy0 + w->phys_cursor_height;
9439 if (x0 <= cx0 && (x1 < 0 || x1 >= cx1))
9441 /* The cursor image will be completely removed from the
9442 screen if the output area intersects the cursor area in
9443 y-direction. When we draw in [y0 y1[, and some part of
9444 the cursor is at y < y0, that part must have been drawn
9445 before. When scrolling, the cursor is erased before
9446 actually scrolling, so we don't come here. When not
9447 scrolling, the rows above the old cursor row must have
9448 changed, and in this case these rows must have written
9449 over the cursor image.
9451 Likewise if part of the cursor is below y1, with the
9452 exception of the cursor being in the first blank row at
9453 the buffer and window end because update_text_area
9454 doesn't draw that row. (Except when it does, but
9455 that's handled in update_text_area.) */
9457 if (((y0 >= cy0 && y0 < cy1) || (y1 > cy0 && y1 < cy1))
9458 && w->current_matrix->rows[w->phys_cursor.vpos].displays_text_p)
9459 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9465 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9466 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9467 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9468 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
9470 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
9471 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9472 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
9474 static void
9475 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p)
9476 struct window *w;
9477 struct glyph_row *row;
9478 HDC hdc;
9479 int whole_line_p;
9481 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9482 RECT clip_rect;
9483 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
9485 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
9487 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
9488 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
9489 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
9490 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
9491 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
9493 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
9494 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
9495 if (whole_line_p)
9497 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9498 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9501 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect);
9505 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
9507 static void
9508 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
9509 struct window *w;
9510 struct glyph_row *row;
9512 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9513 HDC hdc;
9514 RECT rect;
9515 int wd;
9516 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9517 HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
9519 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
9520 coordinates. */
9521 rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9522 rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9523 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9524 rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height;
9526 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
9527 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
9528 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9529 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9530 return;
9532 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
9533 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
9534 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
9535 width instead. */
9536 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
9537 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
9538 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
9539 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
9540 w->phys_cursor_width = wd;
9542 rect.right = rect.left + wd;
9543 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9544 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
9545 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 0);
9546 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
9547 DeleteObject (hb);
9548 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
9549 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9553 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
9555 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
9556 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
9557 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
9558 --gerd. */
9560 static void
9561 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind)
9562 struct window *w;
9563 struct glyph_row *row;
9564 int width;
9565 enum text_cursor_kinds kind;
9567 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9568 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9569 int x;
9570 HDC hdc;
9572 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
9573 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
9574 and mini-buffer. */
9575 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9576 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9577 return;
9579 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
9580 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
9581 the bar might not be in the window. */
9582 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
9584 struct glyph_row *row;
9585 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
9586 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9588 else
9590 COLORREF cursor_color = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
9591 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id);
9593 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
9594 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
9595 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
9596 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
9597 that the glyph is legible. */
9598 if (face->background == cursor_color)
9599 cursor_color = face->foreground;
9601 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9603 if (width < 0)
9604 width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
9605 width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
9607 w->phys_cursor_width = width;
9610 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9611 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 0);
9613 if (kind == BAR_CURSOR)
9615 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9616 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
9617 width, row->height);
9619 else
9621 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9622 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y +
9623 row->height - width),
9624 cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
9627 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
9628 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9633 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
9634 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
9635 is is about to be rewritten. */
9637 static void
9638 x_clear_cursor (w)
9639 struct window *w;
9641 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9642 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
9646 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
9647 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
9649 static void
9650 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
9651 struct window *w;
9652 struct glyph_row *row;
9653 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9655 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
9656 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
9657 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
9658 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9660 int on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
9661 int x1;
9662 x1 = x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
9663 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1,
9664 hl, 0);
9665 w->phys_cursor_on_p = on_p;
9667 if (hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
9668 w->phys_cursor_width = x1 - w->phys_cursor.x;
9670 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
9671 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
9672 are redrawn. */
9673 if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p)
9675 if (row > w->current_matrix->rows
9676 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1))
9677 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA);
9679 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w)
9680 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1))
9681 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA);
9687 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
9689 static void
9690 x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
9691 struct window *w;
9693 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9694 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9695 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9696 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9697 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
9698 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9699 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
9700 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9701 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9703 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
9704 screen. */
9705 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
9706 goto mark_cursor_off;
9708 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
9709 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
9710 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
9711 goto mark_cursor_off;
9713 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
9714 can do. */
9715 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
9716 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
9717 goto mark_cursor_off;
9719 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
9720 isn't there. This may happen if cursor is at top of window, and
9721 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
9722 if (cursor_row->visible_height <= 0)
9723 goto mark_cursor_off;
9725 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
9726 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
9727 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
9728 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
9729 cursor glyph at hand. */
9730 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9731 goto mark_cursor_off;
9733 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
9734 we clear the cursor. */
9735 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9736 && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9737 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9738 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9739 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
9740 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9741 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9742 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
9743 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
9744 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
9745 mouse highlighting does not. */
9746 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
9747 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
9749 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
9750 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
9752 int x;
9753 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9754 HDC hdc;
9756 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9757 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9758 goto mark_cursor_off;
9760 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9762 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9763 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x,
9764 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
9765 cursor_row->y)),
9766 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
9767 cursor_row->visible_height);
9768 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9771 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9772 if (mouse_face_here_p)
9773 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
9774 else
9775 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
9776 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
9778 mark_cursor_off:
9779 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9780 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9784 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
9786 static int
9787 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w)
9788 struct window *w;
9790 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
9791 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
9792 int in_mouse_face = 0;
9794 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9795 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) == w)
9797 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9798 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9800 if (vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9801 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9802 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9803 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
9804 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9805 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
9806 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
9807 in_mouse_face = 1;
9810 return in_mouse_face;
9814 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
9815 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9816 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
9818 void
9819 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9820 struct window *w;
9821 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9823 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9824 int new_cursor_type;
9825 int new_cursor_width;
9826 int active_cursor;
9827 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
9828 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
9829 struct glyph *glyph;
9831 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
9832 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
9833 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
9834 window. */
9835 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
9836 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
9837 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
9838 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
9839 return;
9841 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
9842 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9843 return;
9845 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9846 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
9847 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
9849 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9850 display the cursor. */
9851 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
9853 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9854 return;
9857 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
9859 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */
9860 new_cursor_type = get_window_cursor_type (w, &new_cursor_width, &active_cursor);
9862 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9863 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9864 erase it. */
9865 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
9866 && (!on
9867 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
9868 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
9869 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type
9870 || ((new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR || new_cursor_type == HBAR_CURSOR)
9871 && new_cursor_width != w->phys_cursor_width)))
9872 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9874 /* Don't check phys_cursor_on_p here because that flag is only set
9875 to zero in some cases where we know that the cursor has been
9876 completely erased, to avoid the extra work of erasing the cursor
9877 twice. In other words, phys_cursor_on_p can be 1 and the cursor
9878 still not be visible, or it has only been partly erased. */
9879 if (on)
9881 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
9882 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
9884 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9885 of them may need the information. */
9886 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
9887 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
9888 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
9889 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
9891 /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own
9892 cursor remains invisible. */
9893 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
9895 if (w->phys_cursor_type != NO_CURSOR)
9896 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9898 new_cursor_type = w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9899 w->phys_cursor_width = -1;
9901 else
9903 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
9906 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
9908 /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the
9909 system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers
9910 and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */
9911 if (active_cursor)
9913 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9915 w32_system_caret_x
9916 = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9917 w32_system_caret_y
9918 = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9919 + glyph_row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9921 /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old
9922 system caret. */
9923 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
9924 && (w32_system_caret_height != w->phys_cursor_height))
9925 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET, 0, 0);
9927 w32_system_caret_height = w->phys_cursor_height;
9929 /* Move the system caret. */
9930 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET, 0, 0);
9933 switch (new_cursor_type)
9935 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
9936 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9937 break;
9939 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
9940 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9941 break;
9943 case BAR_CURSOR:
9944 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR);
9945 break;
9947 case HBAR_CURSOR:
9948 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR);
9949 break;
9951 case NO_CURSOR:
9952 w->phys_cursor_width = 0;
9953 break;
9955 default:
9956 abort ();
9962 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9963 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9964 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9965 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9966 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9968 void
9969 x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9970 struct window *w;
9971 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9973 BLOCK_INPUT;
9974 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
9975 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9979 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9980 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9982 void
9983 x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
9984 struct frame *f;
9985 int on_p;
9987 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9991 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9992 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9994 static void
9995 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9996 struct window *w;
9997 int on_p;
9999 while (w)
10001 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
10002 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
10003 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
10004 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
10005 else
10006 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
10008 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
10013 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
10014 of ON. */
10016 static void
10017 x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
10018 struct window *w;
10019 int on;
10021 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
10022 of being deleted. */
10023 if (w->current_matrix)
10025 BLOCK_INPUT;
10026 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos,
10027 w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x,
10028 w->phys_cursor.y);
10029 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10036 /* Icons. */
10039 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
10040 struct frame *f;
10041 Lisp_Object icon;
10043 HANDLE hicon;
10045 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
10046 return 1;
10048 if (NILP (icon))
10049 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
10050 else if (STRINGP (icon))
10051 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
10052 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
10053 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
10055 LPCTSTR name;
10057 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
10058 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
10059 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
10060 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
10061 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
10062 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
10063 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
10064 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
10065 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
10066 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
10067 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
10068 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
10069 else
10070 return 1;
10072 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
10074 else
10075 return 1;
10077 if (hicon == NULL)
10078 return 1;
10080 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
10081 (LPARAM) hicon);
10083 return 0;
10087 /************************************************************************
10088 Handling X errors
10089 ************************************************************************/
10091 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
10092 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
10094 x_error_catcher (display, error)
10095 x_catch_errors (dpy)
10096 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
10097 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
10098 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
10099 x_clear_errors (dpy)
10100 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
10101 x_trace_wire ()
10102 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
10103 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
10104 x_error_quitter (display, error)
10105 x_error_handler (display, error)
10106 x_io_error_quitter (display)
10111 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
10113 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
10114 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
10115 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
10116 The return value shows which font we chose. */
10118 Lisp_Object
10119 x_new_font (f, fontname)
10120 struct frame *f;
10121 register char *fontname;
10123 struct font_info *fontp
10124 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
10126 if (!fontp)
10127 return Qnil;
10129 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
10130 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
10131 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
10133 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
10134 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
10136 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10137 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
10139 else
10141 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10142 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
10145 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
10146 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
10148 frame_update_line_height (f);
10149 if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
10150 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
10152 else
10153 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
10154 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
10155 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
10157 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
10160 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
10161 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
10162 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
10163 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
10165 Lisp_Object
10166 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
10167 struct frame *f;
10168 char *fontsetname;
10170 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
10171 Lisp_Object result;
10173 if (fontset < 0)
10174 return Qnil;
10176 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
10177 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
10178 to do. */
10179 return fontset_name (fontset);
10181 result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset))));
10183 if (!STRINGP (result))
10184 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
10185 return Qnil;
10187 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
10188 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
10190 return build_string (fontsetname);
10193 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
10195 void
10196 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, redraw)
10197 struct frame *f;
10198 int redraw;
10200 int o_left = f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width;
10201 int o_right = f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width;
10202 int o_cols = f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols;
10204 Lisp_Object left_fringe = Fassq (Qleft_fringe, f->param_alist);
10205 Lisp_Object right_fringe = Fassq (Qright_fringe, f->param_alist);
10206 int left_fringe_width, right_fringe_width;
10208 if (!NILP (left_fringe))
10209 left_fringe = Fcdr (left_fringe);
10210 if (!NILP (right_fringe))
10211 right_fringe = Fcdr (right_fringe);
10213 left_fringe_width = ((NILP (left_fringe) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe)) ? 8 :
10214 XINT (left_fringe));
10215 right_fringe_width = ((NILP (right_fringe) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe)) ? 8 :
10216 XINT (right_fringe));
10218 if (left_fringe_width || right_fringe_width)
10220 int left_wid = left_fringe_width >= 0 ? left_fringe_width : -left_fringe_width;
10221 int right_wid = right_fringe_width >= 0 ? right_fringe_width : -right_fringe_width;
10222 int conf_wid = left_wid + right_wid;
10223 int font_wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font);
10224 int cols = (left_wid + right_wid + font_wid-1) / font_wid;
10225 int real_wid = cols * font_wid;
10226 if (left_wid && right_wid)
10228 if (left_fringe_width < 0)
10230 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
10231 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid;
10232 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid - left_wid;
10234 else if (right_fringe_width < 0)
10236 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
10237 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid - right_wid;
10238 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid;
10240 else
10242 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
10243 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
10244 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
10245 int fill = real_wid - conf_wid;
10246 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid + fill/2;
10247 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid + fill - fill/2;
10250 else if (left_fringe_width)
10252 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid;
10253 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10255 else
10257 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10258 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid;
10260 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = cols;
10261 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = real_wid;
10263 else
10265 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10266 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10267 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = 0;
10268 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = 0;
10271 if (redraw && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10272 if (o_left != f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width ||
10273 o_right != f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width ||
10274 o_cols != f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols)
10275 redraw_frame (f);
10278 /***********************************************************************
10279 TODO: W32 Input Methods
10280 ***********************************************************************/
10281 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
10283 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
10284 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10285 struct xim_inst_t
10286 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
10287 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10288 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
10293 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
10294 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
10296 void
10297 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
10298 struct frame *f;
10300 POINT pt;
10301 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags;
10303 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
10305 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
10306 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
10307 But do this only if we will need the results. */
10308 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
10310 BLOCK_INPUT;
10311 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10312 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc,
10313 &pt, 1);
10314 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10318 RECT rt;
10319 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
10321 BLOCK_INPUT;
10322 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10323 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10324 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10326 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
10327 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
10330 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
10331 position that fits on the screen. */
10332 if (flags & XNegative)
10333 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
10334 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x
10335 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
10336 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos);
10338 if (flags & YNegative)
10339 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
10340 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y
10341 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
10342 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10343 /* The left_pos and top_pos
10344 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
10345 so the flags should correspond. */
10346 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10349 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
10350 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
10351 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
10352 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
10353 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
10355 void
10356 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
10357 struct frame *f;
10358 register int xoff, yoff;
10359 int change_gravity;
10361 int modified_top, modified_left;
10363 if (change_gravity > 0)
10365 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff;
10366 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff;
10367 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10368 if (xoff < 0)
10369 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
10370 if (yoff < 0)
10371 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
10372 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10374 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
10376 BLOCK_INPUT;
10377 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10379 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10380 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10382 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10383 NULL,
10384 modified_left, modified_top,
10385 0, 0,
10386 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10387 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10391 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10392 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10393 static void
10394 x_check_fullscreen (f)
10395 struct frame *f;
10397 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH)
10399 int width, height, ign;
10401 x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.w32->left_pos,
10402 &f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10404 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign);
10406 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
10407 when setting WM manager hints.
10408 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
10409 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
10410 if (f->width != width || f->height != height)
10412 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0);
10413 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10414 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10416 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
10417 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT;
10422 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
10423 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
10424 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
10425 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
10426 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
10427 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
10428 static void
10429 x_check_fullscreen_move (f)
10430 struct frame *f;
10432 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT)
10434 int expect_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10435 int expect_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10437 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10438 expect_top = 0;
10439 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10440 expect_left = 0;
10442 if (expect_top != f->output_data.w32->top_pos
10443 || expect_left != f->output_data.w32->left_pos)
10444 x_set_offset (f, expect_left, expect_top, 1);
10446 /* Just do this once */
10447 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT;
10452 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
10453 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
10454 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
10455 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
10457 void
10458 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, width, height, top_pos, left_pos)
10459 struct frame *f;
10460 int *width;
10461 int *height;
10462 int *top_pos;
10463 int *left_pos;
10465 int newwidth = f->width, newheight = f->height;
10467 *top_pos = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10468 *left_pos = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10470 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10472 int ph;
10474 ph = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height;
10475 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10476 ph = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, newheight)
10477 - f->output_data.w32->y_pixels_diff;
10478 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10479 *top_pos = 0;
10482 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10484 int pw;
10486 pw = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width;
10487 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10488 pw = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, newwidth)
10489 - f->output_data.w32->x_pixels_diff;
10490 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10491 *left_pos = 0;
10494 *width = newwidth;
10495 *height = newheight;
10499 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10500 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
10501 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10502 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10504 void
10505 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
10506 struct frame *f;
10507 int change_gravity;
10508 int cols, rows;
10510 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
10512 BLOCK_INPUT;
10514 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
10515 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
10516 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
10518 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)));
10520 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);
10522 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
10523 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
10525 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10526 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10529 RECT rect;
10531 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
10532 rect.right = pixelwidth;
10533 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
10535 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10536 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10538 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10539 NULL,
10540 0, 0,
10541 rect.right - rect.left,
10542 rect.bottom - rect.top,
10543 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10546 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10547 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10548 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10549 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10551 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10552 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10553 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10554 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10555 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10557 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10558 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
10559 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
10560 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
10561 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
10563 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10564 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10565 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10566 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10567 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10569 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10570 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
10572 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10573 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10574 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10575 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10576 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10578 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10581 /* Mouse warping. */
10583 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
10585 void
10586 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
10587 struct frame *f;
10588 int x, y;
10590 int pix_x, pix_y;
10592 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2;
10593 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2;
10595 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
10596 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
10598 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
10599 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
10601 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
10604 void
10605 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
10606 struct frame *f;
10607 int pix_x, pix_y;
10609 RECT rect;
10610 POINT pt;
10612 BLOCK_INPUT;
10614 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
10615 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x;
10616 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y;
10617 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
10619 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y);
10621 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10625 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
10627 void
10628 x_focus_on_frame (f)
10629 struct frame *f;
10631 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
10633 /* Give input focus to frame. */
10634 BLOCK_INPUT;
10635 #if 0
10636 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
10637 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ()))
10638 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10639 else
10640 #endif
10641 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10642 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10645 void
10646 x_unfocus_frame (f)
10647 struct frame *f;
10651 /* Raise frame F. */
10652 void
10653 x_raise_frame (f)
10654 struct frame *f;
10656 BLOCK_INPUT;
10658 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
10659 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
10660 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
10661 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
10662 click-to-focus.
10664 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
10665 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
10666 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
10667 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
10668 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
10669 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
10670 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
10671 completely obscured) with input focus.
10673 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
10674 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
10675 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
10677 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise))
10679 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
10680 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
10681 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
10682 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
10683 more cumbersome method. */
10685 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
10686 if (handle)
10688 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10689 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10690 HWND_TOP,
10691 0, 0, 0, 0,
10692 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10694 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10695 GetForegroundWindow (),
10696 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10697 0, 0, 0, 0,
10698 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10700 EndDeferWindowPos (handle);
10703 else
10705 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10708 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10711 /* Lower frame F. */
10712 void
10713 x_lower_frame (f)
10714 struct frame *f;
10716 BLOCK_INPUT;
10717 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10718 HWND_BOTTOM,
10719 0, 0, 0, 0,
10720 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10721 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10724 static void
10725 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
10726 FRAME_PTR f;
10727 int raise_flag;
10729 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
10730 return;
10732 if (raise_flag)
10733 x_raise_frame (f);
10734 else
10735 x_lower_frame (f);
10738 /* Change of visibility. */
10740 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10741 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10742 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10743 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10744 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10745 finishes with it. */
10747 void
10748 x_make_frame_visible (f)
10749 struct frame *f;
10751 Lisp_Object type;
10753 BLOCK_INPUT;
10755 type = x_icon_type (f);
10756 if (!NILP (type))
10757 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10759 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10761 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10762 call x_set_offset a second time
10763 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10764 before the window gets really visible. */
10765 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
10766 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible)
10767 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0);
10769 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1;
10771 /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); */
10772 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
10775 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10776 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10777 so that incoming events are handled. */
10779 Lisp_Object frame;
10780 int count;
10782 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10783 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10785 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
10787 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
10788 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
10789 MapNotify at all.. */
10790 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
10791 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
10793 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10794 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
10796 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
10797 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
10798 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
10799 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
10800 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
10801 if (input_polling_used ())
10803 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
10804 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
10805 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
10806 poll_suppress_count = 1;
10807 poll_for_input_1 ();
10808 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
10811 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
10815 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10817 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10819 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
10820 struct frame *f;
10822 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10823 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
10824 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10826 BLOCK_INPUT;
10828 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
10830 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10831 just by the event that we get from the server.
10832 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10833 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10834 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10835 f->visible = 0;
10836 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
10837 f->async_visible = 0;
10838 f->async_iconified = 0;
10840 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10843 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10845 void
10846 x_iconify_frame (f)
10847 struct frame *f;
10849 Lisp_Object type;
10851 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10852 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
10853 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10855 if (f->async_iconified)
10856 return;
10858 BLOCK_INPUT;
10860 type = x_icon_type (f);
10861 if (!NILP (type))
10862 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10864 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
10865 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0);
10867 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10871 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10873 void
10874 x_free_frame_resources (f)
10875 struct frame *f;
10877 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10879 BLOCK_INPUT;
10881 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
10882 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10884 free_frame_menubar (f);
10886 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
10887 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
10888 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
10889 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel);
10890 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel);
10891 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel);
10892 if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p)
10893 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel);
10894 if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p)
10895 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel);
10897 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
10898 free_frame_faces (f);
10900 xfree (f->output_data.w32);
10901 f->output_data.w32 = NULL;
10903 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
10904 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0;
10905 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
10906 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
10907 if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
10908 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10910 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
10912 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
10913 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
10914 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
10915 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
10916 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
10917 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
10918 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
10921 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10925 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
10927 x_destroy_window (f)
10928 struct frame *f;
10930 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10932 x_free_frame_resources (f);
10934 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
10938 /* Setting window manager hints. */
10940 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
10941 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
10942 that the window now has.
10943 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
10944 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
10945 void
10946 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
10947 struct frame *f;
10948 long flags;
10949 int user_position;
10951 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10953 enter_crit ();
10955 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font));
10956 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height);
10957 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width);
10958 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra);
10960 leave_crit ();
10963 /* Window manager things */
10964 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
10965 struct frame *f;
10966 int icon_x, icon_y;
10968 #if 0
10969 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10971 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
10972 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
10973 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
10975 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
10976 #endif
10980 /***********************************************************************
10981 Fonts
10982 ***********************************************************************/
10984 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10985 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10987 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
10988 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
10992 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10994 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10995 font table. */
10997 static void
10998 x_check_font (f, font)
10999 struct frame *f;
11000 XFontStruct *font;
11002 int i;
11003 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
11005 xassert (font != NULL);
11007 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
11008 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
11009 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
11010 break;
11012 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
11015 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11017 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
11018 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
11019 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
11020 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
11021 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
11023 static INLINE void
11024 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
11025 XFontStruct *font;
11026 int *w, *h;
11029 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
11030 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
11032 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
11033 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
11037 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
11038 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
11039 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
11040 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
11041 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
11044 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
11045 struct frame *f;
11047 int i;
11048 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
11049 XFontStruct *font;
11050 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
11051 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
11053 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
11054 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
11056 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
11057 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
11059 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
11060 int w, h;
11062 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
11063 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
11064 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
11066 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
11067 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
11070 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
11071 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
11073 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
11074 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
11075 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
11078 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
11079 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
11081 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
11082 x_query_font (f, fontname)
11083 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
11087 /***********************************************************************
11088 Initialization
11089 ***********************************************************************/
11091 static int w32_initialized = 0;
11093 void
11094 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name)
11095 Lisp_Object display_name;
11097 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11099 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
11101 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
11102 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
11103 w32_display_name_list);
11104 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list);
11106 dpyinfo->w32_id_name
11107 = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name)
11108 + SCHARS (Vsystem_name)
11109 + 2);
11110 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s",
11111 SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name));
11113 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
11114 with values obtained from system metrics. */
11115 dpyinfo->resx = 1;
11116 dpyinfo->resy = 1;
11117 dpyinfo->height_in = 1;
11118 dpyinfo->width_in = 1;
11119 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
11120 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4;
11121 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
11122 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1;
11123 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1;
11125 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
11126 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
11127 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11128 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
11129 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
11130 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
11132 dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
11133 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
11137 struct w32_display_info *
11138 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
11139 Lisp_Object display_name;
11140 char *xrm_option;
11141 char *resource_name;
11143 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11144 HDC hdc;
11146 BLOCK_INPUT;
11148 if (!w32_initialized)
11150 w32_initialize ();
11151 w32_initialized = 1;
11155 int argc = 0;
11156 char *argv[3];
11158 argv[0] = "";
11159 argc = 1;
11160 if (xrm_option)
11162 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
11163 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
11167 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name);
11169 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11171 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11172 dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
11173 x_display_list = dpyinfo;
11175 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
11177 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
11178 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
11179 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
11180 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
11181 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
11182 dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
11183 dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
11184 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
11185 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
11186 dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx;
11187 dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy;
11188 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
11190 /* initialise palette with white and black */
11192 XColor color;
11193 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
11194 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
11197 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
11198 left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits);
11199 ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits);
11200 right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits);
11201 continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1,
11202 1, continued_bits);
11203 continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height,
11204 1, 1, continuation_bits);
11205 zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits);
11207 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11208 #ifdef F_SETOWN
11209 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11210 /* stdin is a socket here */
11211 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
11212 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11213 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
11214 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11215 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11216 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11218 #ifdef SIGIO
11219 if (interrupt_input)
11220 init_sigio (connection);
11221 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11223 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
11225 return dpyinfo;
11228 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
11230 void
11231 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
11232 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11234 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
11235 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11236 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list)
11237 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11238 w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list);
11239 else
11241 Lisp_Object tail;
11243 tail = w32_display_name_list;
11244 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
11246 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11248 XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail)));
11249 break;
11251 tail = XCDR (tail);
11255 /* free palette table */
11257 struct w32_palette_entry * plist;
11259 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
11260 while (plist)
11262 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
11263 plist = plist->next;
11264 xfree (pentry);
11266 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
11267 if (dpyinfo->palette)
11268 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
11270 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
11271 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name);
11273 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
11274 DeleteObject (left_bmp);
11275 DeleteObject (ov_bmp);
11276 DeleteObject (right_bmp);
11277 DeleteObject (continued_bmp);
11278 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp);
11279 DeleteObject (zv_bmp);
11282 /* Set up use of W32. */
11284 DWORD w32_msg_worker ();
11286 void
11287 x_flush (struct frame * f)
11288 { /* Nothing to do */ }
11290 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface =
11292 x_produce_glyphs,
11293 x_write_glyphs,
11294 x_insert_glyphs,
11295 x_clear_end_of_line,
11296 x_scroll_run,
11297 x_after_update_window_line,
11298 x_update_window_begin,
11299 x_update_window_end,
11300 w32_cursor_to,
11301 x_flush,
11302 x_clear_mouse_face,
11303 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
11304 x_fix_overlapping_area
11307 void
11308 w32_initialize ()
11310 rif = &w32_redisplay_interface;
11312 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
11313 so we must explicitly cast them. */
11314 clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame;
11315 ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell;
11316 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
11317 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
11319 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
11321 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date;
11323 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position;
11324 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight;
11325 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower;
11326 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
11327 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars;
11328 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar;
11329 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars;
11330 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
11332 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11333 char_ins_del_ok = 1;
11334 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11335 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
11336 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11337 off the bottom */
11338 baud_rate = 19200;
11340 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
11341 w32_system_caret_height = 0;
11342 w32_system_caret_x = 0;
11343 w32_system_caret_y = 0;
11345 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
11346 any_help_event_p = 0;
11348 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
11349 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
11350 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil);
11352 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
11354 init_crit ();
11356 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
11357 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
11358 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
11360 /* Wait for thread to start */
11363 MSG msg;
11365 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
11367 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
11368 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker,
11369 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId);
11371 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
11374 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
11375 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
11376 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
11377 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
11378 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
11379 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
11380 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
11381 window state. */
11382 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
11383 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE);
11384 #endif
11386 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
11388 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
11390 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
11392 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
11393 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo);
11394 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo);
11396 #undef LOAD_PROC
11398 FreeLibrary (user_lib);
11400 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
11401 otherwise use the fixed height. */
11402 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 :
11403 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB);
11405 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
11406 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
11407 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
11408 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL);
11412 void
11413 syms_of_w32term ()
11415 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list);
11416 w32_display_name_list = Qnil;
11418 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
11419 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
11421 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
11422 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11424 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
11425 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons,
11426 doc: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */);
11427 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11429 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
11430 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons,
11431 doc: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.
11432 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */);
11433 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11435 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
11436 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise,
11437 doc: /* Raised frame grabs input focus.
11438 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well
11439 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be
11440 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */);
11441 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt;
11443 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
11444 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock,
11445 doc: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.
11446 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */);
11447 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil;
11449 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
11450 &Vw32_recognize_altgr,
11451 doc: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.
11452 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is
11453 interpreted normally. */);
11454 Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt;
11456 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
11457 &w32_enable_unicode_output,
11458 doc: /* Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.
11459 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying
11460 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.
11461 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no
11462 affect on NT machines. */);
11463 w32_enable_unicode_output = 1;
11465 help_echo = Qnil;
11466 staticpro (&help_echo);
11467 help_echo_object = Qnil;
11468 staticpro (&help_echo_object);
11469 help_echo_window = Qnil;
11470 staticpro (&help_echo_window);
11471 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
11472 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
11473 help_echo_pos = -1;
11475 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mouse-autoselect-window", &mouse_autoselect_window,
11476 doc: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
11477 mouse_autoselect_window = 0;
11479 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret",
11480 &w32_use_visible_system_caret,
11481 doc: /* Flag to make the system caret visible.
11482 When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by
11483 using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen
11484 reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is
11485 invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this
11486 variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader
11487 software is running as it starts up.
11489 When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of
11490 the cursor have no effect. */);
11492 /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen
11493 reader is in use. */
11494 if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER, 0,
11495 &w32_use_visible_system_caret, 0))
11496 w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0;
11498 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
11499 doc: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
11500 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
11501 wide as that tab on the display. */);
11502 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
11504 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11505 &x_use_underline_position_properties,
11506 doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11507 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11508 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11509 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11510 x_use_underline_position_properties = 1;
11512 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
11513 doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */);
11514 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt;
11516 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
11517 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;